DRIVEN
2021 ANNUAL REPORT
1
2
4
16
17
18
What Drives Us
Investing in Our Communities
Message from Our CEO
Board of Directors
Shareholder and Contact Info
Form 10-K
A B O U T M V B
MVB Financial Corp. (“MVB Financial” or “MVB”), the innovative financial
holding company of MVB Bank, Inc. (“MVB Bank”), is publicly traded
on The Nasdaq Capital Market® under the ticker “MVBF.” Through
its subsidiary MVB Bank and the bank’s subsidiaries, MVB provides
services to individuals and corporate clients in the Mid-Atlantic
region, as well as to Fintech, Payment and Gaming clients throughout
the United States. For more information about MVB, please visit
ir.mvbbanking.com.
2 0 2 1 A C C O L A D E S
GonzoBanker “The Bank That Gets Fintech”
MVB Bank was named “The Bank That Gets Fintech” in
GonzoBanker’s annual financial industry award compilation.
The GonzoBanker Awards are reserved for organizations that
have made a significant impact in the financial services industry.
Additionally, GonzoBanker recognized MVB as runner up for
“Best Fintech Acquisition by a Bank,” citing the Bank’s April 2021
acquisition of a majority interest in Trabian Technology, Inc., a
leading software development firm serving financial institutions.
American Banker Best Banks to Work For 2021
Team MVB engaged in a survey with questions about our culture,
benefits, job satisfaction and more. Collective responses were
scored and ranked against other top employers in the banking
industry. MVB Bank ranked number 21 on the list of 90 financial
institutions recognized by American Banker.
Fortune 100 Fastest-Growing Companies 2021
MVB Financial was ranked as number 29 on Fortune’s
100 Fastest-Growing Companies list for 2021, ranking just
above Amazon. This was the first time MVB was eligible
for consideration for this recognition. Fortune’s annual list
recognizes the top performing, publicly traded companies in
revenues, profits and stock returns over the three-year period
ended April 30, 2021. The designation highlights MVB’s strong
performance since joining The Nasdaq Capital Market® in
December 2017.
Great Place to Work Certification
Team MVB completed an Employee Trust Index Survey in
November 2021, and the responses proved that our culture and
values are thriving throughout the organization. MVB received
Great Place to Work Certification.
The Banker Bank of the Year – U.S. 2021
MVB Bank was named Bank of the Year 2021 – United States by
The Banker magazine, a prestigious publication of the Financial
Times of London. Since 1926, the Bank of the Year awards have
celebrated the best of global banking and are regarded as the
industry standard for banking excellence. The 2021 edition
highlights those institutions that have outshone their peers in
terms of performance, strategic initiatives and response to the
COVID-19 pandemic.
CONTENTS
W H A T D R I V E S U S
Strategy + Talent + Culture = Our Differentiator
At MVB, our culture is our differentiator and part of our corporate DNA. Our Purpose and
Values aren’t just words, they define the environment in which our Team Members thrive. We
like to say our culture is our secret sauce, vital to our continued growth. During our 20-plus-
year history, MVB has grown from a community bank with 35 employees to a forward-thinking,
NASDAQ-listed, Russell 2000® company with more than 500 Team Members living in more
than 40 states. Together, we think bigger, and we do bigger!
In addition to our Purpose and Values, one additional motivator drives us and gets us out
of bed every day. That’s our Moonshot – which is to positively impact the financial lives of 1
billion people, one life at a time. Reaching that goal will take a lot of technology and a lot of A+
players. That’s what inspires us and drives us.
Our Why
To positively impact the financial lives
of 1 billion people, one life at a time
Purpose
Trusted partners on the financial
frontier, committed to your success
Values
Respect, Love & Caring
Trust
Commitment
Adaptive
Teamwork
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
1
Investing in Our Communities
Social impact ties into our value of Respect, Love and Caring. In 2021, Team MVB focused on three key projects,
as well as providing community service, technical assistance and leadership to community organizations.
The Knoble
Founded in 2019, The Knoble is a non-profit network of experts with a passion for preventing human crime
including human trafficking, elder abuse, child exploitation and scams. Led by subject matter experts in fraud,
financial crime, financial services, data and technology and other professions, The Knoble’s cross-industry initiatives
in the public, private and charitable sectors create an ongoing, system-wide effort to detect and prevent human
crime and bring about systemic change. In 2021, MVB became a corporate sponsor of The Knoble.
West Virginia GameChanger
MVB is a founding corporate sponsor of the West Virginia
GameChanger program, an initiative designed to combat opioid
and substance misuse. The program seeks to educate, support
and empower youth to make healthy choices as they prepare to be
leaders of tomorrow. MVB’s Donald T. Robinson has been involved
in the program since day one. MVB Board Members David B.
Alvarez and John Ebert joined the GameChanger Board of Directors
in 2021. In September 2021, virtual GameChanger programs were
made available to 125 high schools and 160 middle schools across
the state through the third annual Opioid and Substance Misuse
Prevention Summit. MVB also served as the title sponsor for the
GameChanger Golf Classic. Proceeds raised from the event are
being used to expand the evidence-based prevention programs
being implemented in West Virginia schools.
Monticello Ongoing Revitalization Effort (M.O.R.E.)
An example of MVB’s track record of commitment to our
communities is our ongoing support of the Monticello
neighborhood in Clarksburg, West Virginia, a distressed Non-Metro
community. The historically Black neighborhood holds a great
deal of heritage. In 2021, MVB continued providing leadership to
the M.O.R.E. nonprofit organization which navigated and pivoted
to be relevant in a COVID environment. The engagement of a
newly created Administrator position and the addition of two
dedicated community members allowed for several initiatives
to make a direct impact. These initiatives included an upgrade
to the Margaret McCoy Community Garden with new improved
amenities, a clothing drive, the home and hearth project to
provide essentials to struggling community members, a holiday
drive to provide gifts for the less fortunate, the continuation of a
virtual book club and other in-person activities at the Kelly Miller
Community Center.
MVB’s John Schirripa, Donald T. Robinson and Larry F. Mazza
attend the WV GameChanger Golf Classic dinner.
Community leader Jay McCoy works in the garden
named in honor of her mother.
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
2
Community Leadership
In 2021, Team MVB performed 1,626 hours of community service.
MVB partners with United Ways, nonprofit agencies, local community
foundations, local schools and economic development groups.
From stocking food pantries, to running United Way Campaigns,
to Board service, community groups rely on Team MVB for
needed support.
MVB’s Matt Dean and his wife, Jacquie, John Schirripa and other
members of Team MVB helped build beds for kids as part of the
Sleep in Heavenly Peace Bed Build in Bridgeport, West Virginia.
Herman DeProspero represented MVB in the Real Men
Wear Pink Campaign to raise funds for the American
Cancer Society in its fight against breast cancer.
Financial Literacy Impact - 3,217 Students and Businesses
MVB expanded our financial literacy program to succeed in a pandemic environment. Where we formally provided
workshops in community centers or schools in the past, we pivoted to recorded, on-demand webinars and MVB Read Aloud.
We accomplished this while continuing to offer programming to small, targeted groups and school-based education.
COVID Relief
MVB Bank provided services, loans and donations throughout the Pandemic. In 2021, MVB Bank made 4,465 PPP loans
totaling $268.1M, averaging $43,830 for each loan.
• 51.5% of loans in neighborhoods where the majority of residents are racial minorities.
• 32.17% of loans in low- or moderate-income neighborhoods.
Continuing our 2020 COVID response, MVB conducted two additional donation cycles in 2021.
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
3
A M E S S A G E F R O M O U R C E O
By any measure, 2021 was another challenging year for our country. The global pandemic
raged on, delaying hopes for a return to normalcy and complicating the recovery process,
while new geopolitical and economic challenges emerged, including war and inflation.
Though it all, MVB has persevered, adapted and prospered, and for that I extend my
sincere gratitude to our Team Members, our Executive Leadership Team and our Board of
Directors. Team MVB rose to meet the challenge, never losing sight of our purpose and values,
while speeding toward transformative change for our company. Together, we are driven and
will continue to survive and thrive.
Six years ago, we at MVB came to the realization that
absent drastic action, banks were in danger of becoming
the equivalent of yellow-top taxis in an Uber world. We
embarked on a strategy to transition our business model,
and I am happy about what we have achieved. In 2021, a
year of record earnings for our company, we completed
our MVB 3.0 three-year strategic plan, far exceeding our
performance goals.
Now looking ahead, we unveiled our new MVB-F1: Success
Loves Speed Strategic Plan at our first-ever MVB Investor
Day in March 2022.
MVB CEO Larry F. Mazza talks with attendees at Investor Day.
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
4
MVB-F1: Success Loves Speed
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
MCLAREN/DESIGN: ALEX BROOKS
5
Financial Performance
and 2021 Accomplishments
MVB’s tech-forward business model drove record results in
2021, highlighted by net income of $39 million and diluted
earnings per share of $3.10. Since pivoting our company to a
full embrace of technology in 2016, our financial results have
improved every year, evidenced by compound annual growth
rates of 49% and 46% in net income and diluted earnings per
share, respectively.
MVB President Don Robinson
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
6
There were several notable developments during 2021 that I’d like to discuss in more detail:
•
Building a best-in-class core funding profile
At the root of our struggles when we decided to transition our business model several years ago was a subpar
funding base. Noninterest bearing, or “zero interest cost” deposits, stood at just 8% of total deposit funding at
year-end 2015, below the industry average and a significant contributing factor to our well-below-peer net
interest margin.
Led by our now industry-leading Fintech and Gaming businesses, the quality of our funding base is markedly
improved. Fintech deposit balances were up 114% in 2021, and now they represent just over 48% of total
deposits. Gaming deposits, which are included in total Fintech deposits, increased by 155% from the prior
year. Growth in these segments were the primary drivers of a 57% year-over-year increase in total noninterest
bearing deposits, which now comprise 47% of MVB’s deposit funding, having grown at a compound annual rate
of 73% since year-end 2016.
Looking ahead, against the backdrop of rising interest rates, our low-cost funding base should prove increasingly
valuable. MVB’s Fintech deposit base is also differentiated from peers, in the sense that it is uncorrelated to the
interest rate cycle, which should translate to a lower “deposit beta” – the measure of how responsive deposit
pricing is to changes in interest rates – as rates increase.
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
7
• Loan growth momentum accelerates further
Amidst success in improving our funding profile, we’ve turned our attention to transforming the asset side of our
balance sheet. These efforts came to fruition in 2021 in the form of very strong loan growth, reflecting the success
of recent initiatives and our increasingly diverse client base.
Total loan balances increased by 29%, and, after excluding Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans, by 27%
during 2021, led primarily by robust commercial loan production, our health care lending group and strategic
lending partnerships. With strong momentum and against the backdrop of rising interest rates, our highly liquid
balance sheet is well positioned (loan to deposit ratio of 78.6% as of year-end 2021), highlighted by stable, low-cost
funding and a robust and diverse loan growth engine.
• Industry-leading value creation, built on a foundation of safety and soundness
While our business model is increasingly tech-centered, we remain intently focused on value creation in the
traditional sense, which we think is best exemplified through protection and growth in tangible book value (TBV) per
share. During 2021, TBV per share increased by 12%, and since 2016 has grown at a compound annual rate of 17%,
nearly triple the long-term bank sector average of 6%.
A company, just like a house, is only as strong as the foundation upon which it rests. MVB’s foundation remains very
strong, girded by a sturdy capital base and marked by a low credit risk profile. In recognition of our strong capital
position, solid performance and stable credit picture, the Board elected to increase the quarterly cash dividend
by 67% in 2021, to $0.15 from $0.09. We believe that MVB’s payment of a growing cash dividend is a key point of
differentiation relative to other tech-forward, growth-oriented banks, as well as our Fintech peers.
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
8
• A focused reallocation of resources
The successful transformation of our funding base has yielded other benefits that are less apparent on the surface
yet are no less consequential. Low-cost deposit growth derived from our Fintech business has reduced our need
for expensive physical infrastructure that in the past was required to attract funding. These savings have been
redeployed to our faster growth markets and to help fund the build-out of our newer businesses.
As an example of our strategy to recognize, pivot and execute, during Q3 2021 we completed the sale of four
banking centers in Southern West Virginia, recording a pre-tax gain of $10.8 million and marking our complete exit
from the market. Following the sale, which came on the heels of a similar opportunistic action taken during the prior
year (sale of Eastern Panhandle West Virginia banking centers), MVB now operates eight banking centers, down
from 15 just three years ago, a reduction of 47%. The benefits from these transactions were three-fold: they were
financially attractive, produced meaningful run-rate cost savings and allowed for the purposeful redeployment of
resources to areas with stronger growth potential.
• Investing in the future
There were many strategic developments of note during 2021. During Q2, we closed on an important acquisition
– Trabian Technology, Inc. – a leading software development firm servicing financial institutions and Fintech
companies. The enhancement of our internal software development capabilities enables MVB to put more “tech”
in our “fin.” Trabian added to our already outstanding Professional Services Division, which includes Chartwell
Compliance and Paladin Fraud.
We also announced during Q2, the formation of MVB Edge Ventures, a wholly-owned
subsidiary that acts as a management company providing oversight, alignment, and
structure for MVB’s Fintech companies, while also allocating resources to help
incubate venture businesses and technologies acquired and developed by MVB.
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
9
During Q3, MVB entered into a new partnership agreement with NYDIG, a leading technology and financial services
firm dedicated to Bitcoin, to offer Bitcoin services to Fintechs. Also during Q3, MVB expanded its investment in
Interchecks Technologies, Inc., a Fintech portfolio investment whose business and founding principles have become
more integrated into our Fintech business.
We also spent the entire year ramping up our new SBA lending platform, which we launched in Q4 2020 and is a key
component of our new MVB-F1: Success Loves Speed Strategic Plan.
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
10
• Strategic investments powered Fintech venture portfolio gains
Shortly after the pivot of our business model to Fintech, we initiated a strategy to not only provide banking services to
Fintechs, but to also build and invest in them. Reflecting our involvement in the entire Fintech ecosystem – as builder,
banker and backer of Fintechs – we consider our Fintech venture portfolio to be a key and core component of our
business model.
In 2021, MVB recorded income of $3.8 million related to strategic investments within our Fintech investment portfolio,
and since initiating our investment program in 2016, our portfolio has generated an internal rate of return of 185%.
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
11
Fortune Favors The Bold
In 2016, we recognized the threat to community banking and boldly embarked on a strategy to transform our business
model. In 2017, we boldly ventured from West Virginia to Wall Street when our company went public on the NASDAQ. In
2018, we detailed our “Blue Ocean” MVB 3.0 three-year strategic plan and exceeded expectations. We boldly moved into
daily fantasy sports and gaming, and we’ve since garnered 74% market share. Now, in 2022, we boldly look to our new
MVB-F1: Success Loves Speed Strategic Plan.
Thank you for believing in MVB and for allowing us to be your trusted partners, committed to your success. As always,
feel free to contact me directly with comments or questions, including ways we can assist you or someone you know
with financial needs.
The best is yet to come,
Larry F. Mazza
CEO, MVB Financial Corp. and MVB Bank
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
12
Team MVB at Investor Day
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
13
“
Fortune Favors
the Bold.
- Virgil, 19 BC
”
M V B B O A R D O F D I R E C T O R S
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
16
CONTACT S H A R E H O L D E R A N D C O N T A C T I N F O R M A T I O N
Shareholders Meeting
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of MVB Financial Corp. (MVB) will be held via live
webcast at 9:00 a.m. EDT on May 17, 2022. This meeting is for the purpose of considering
and voting upon certain proposals. Only those shareholders of record at the close of
business on March 28, 2022, shall be entitled to notice of the meeting and to vote at the
meeting.
Transfer Agent & Shareholder Inquiries
The corporation’s transfer agent is Computershare. Inquiries concerning transfer
requirements, lost certificates, and change of address should be directed to:
Computershare
462 South 4th Street
Louisville, KY 40202
www.computershare.com
Investor Inquiries
Investor inquiries to the Company should be directed to:
Marcie Lipscomb
(304) 285-0020
mlipscomb@mvbbanking.com
All Other Inquiries
All other inquiries to the Company should be directed to:
MVB Financial Corp.
Attn: Investor Relations
301 Virginia Avenue
Fairmont, WV 26554
(844) MVB-BANK (844-682-2265)
Form 10-K
A copy of the MVB Financial Corp. Form 10-K for 2020, which has been filed with the SEC,
is available without attachments at no charge upon written request and is also available at
http://ir.mvbbanking.com.
Inquiries should be directed to the Investor Relations contact above.
Independent Registered Accounting Firm
Dixon Hughes Goodman, LLP
809 Glen Eagles Court, Suite 200
Baltimore, MD 21286
Stock Market Listing
MVB Financial Corp. stock is traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol:
MVBF.
MVB BANK ANNUAL REPORT 2021
17
CONTACT UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________
Commission file number 001-38314
MVB Financial Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
West Virginia
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
301 Virginia Avenue, Fairmont, WV
(Address of principal executive offices)
20-0034461
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
26554
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (304) 363-4800
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value Per Share
MVBF
Name of each exchange on
which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
(Nasdaq Capital Market)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation
S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2
Act.
of
Exchange
the
Large accelerated filer ☐
Accelerated filer ☒
Non-accelerated filer ☐
Smaller reporting company ☒
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit
report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes ☐ No ☒
Based upon the closing price of the common shares of the registrant on June 30, 2021 of $42.66 as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the aggregate market
value of the common shares of the registrant held by non-affiliates during that time was $440.5 million. For this purpose, certain executive officers and directors
are considered affiliates. This calculation does not reflect a determination that such persons are affiliates for any other purpose.
As of March 9, 2022, the registrant had 12,096,324 shares of common stock outstanding with a par value of $1.00 per share.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART I
Item 1.
Business
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Properties
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Item 9B.
Other Information
Item 9C.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspections
PART III
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
3
21
33
33
34
34
35
36
37
52
55
118
118
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
121
123
Forward-Looking Statements:
Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are based on other than historical data are “forward-looking statements”
within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements provide current
expectations or forecasts of future events and include, among others, statements with respect to the beliefs, plans, objectives,
goals, guidelines, expectations, anticipations and future financial condition, results of operations and performance of the Company
and its subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “our,” or “us”), including the MVB Bank, Inc. (the “Bank”), and statements preceded by,
followed by or that include the words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “will,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,”
“intend,” “plan,” “projects,” “outlook,” or the negative of those terms or similar expressions.
These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, nor should they be relied upon as representing our
view as of any subsequent date. Forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (both known and
unknown) and actual results may differ materially from those presented, either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to,
those presented in Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Factors that
might cause such differences include, but are not limited to:
l the length, severity, magnitude and duration of the Coronavirus Disease (“COVID-19”) pandemic and the direct and indirect
impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, including its impact on our financial condition and business operations;
l changes in the economy, which could materially impact credit quality trends and the ability to generate loans and gather
deposits, including the pace of recovery following the COVID-19 pandemic and the effects of inflation on our operations and
operating expenses;
l ability to successfully execute business plans, manage risks and achieve objectives, including strategies related to recent
investments in financial technology (“Fintech”);
l market, economic, operational, liquidity, credit and interest rate risks related to our business;
l changes in local, national and international political and economic conditions, including without limitation, changes in the
political and economic climate, economic conditions and other major developments, including wars, natural disasters,
epidemics and pandemics, military actions and terrorist attacks;
l changes in financial market conditions, either internationally, nationally or locally in areas in which we conduct operations,
including without limitation, reduced rates of business formation and growth, commercial and residential real estate
development and real estate prices;
l unanticipated changes in our liquidity position, including but not limited to changes in access to sources of liquidity and
capital to address our liquidity needs;
l deposits include certain concentrations with large customers and industries;
l changes in interest rates;
l the quality and composition of the loan and securities portfolios;
l ability to successfully conduct acquisitions and integrate acquired businesses and potential difficulties in expanding
businesses in existing and new markets;
l ability to successfully manage credit risk and the sufficiency of allowance for credit losses;
l increases in the levels of losses, customer bankruptcies, bank failures, claims and assessments;
l changes in government legislation and accounting policies, including the Dodd-Frank Act and Economic Growth, Regulatory
Relief and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”);
l uncertainty about the discontinued use of the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and the transition to an alternative
rate;
l competition and consolidation in the financial services industry;
l new legal claims against us, including litigation, arbitration and proceedings brought by governmental or self-regulatory
agencies or changes in existing legal matters;
l success in gaining regulatory approvals, when required, including for proposed mergers or acquisitions;
l changes in consumer spending and savings habits, including demand for loan products and deposit flow;
l increased competitive challenges and expanding product and pricing pressures among financial institutions and non-bank
financial companies;
l operational risks or risk management failures by us or critical third parties, including without limitation, with respect to data
processing, information systems, technological changes, vendor problems, business interruptions and fraud risk;
1
l increasing risk of continually evolving, sophisticated cybersecurity activities faced by financial institutions and others that
could result in, among other things, theft, loss, misuse or disclosure of confidential client, customer or corporate information
or assets and a disruption of computer, software or network systems and the potential impact from such risks, including
reputational damage, regulatory penalties, loss of revenues, additional costs (including repair, remediation and other costs),
exposure to litigation and other financial losses;
l failure or circumvention of internal controls;
l legislation or regulatory changes which adversely affect operations or business, including changes to address the impact of
COVID-19 through the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) and other legislative and
regulatory responses to the COVID-19 pandemic;
l federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern customer relationships;
l changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or
regulatory agencies, including the impact of future adoption of the Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) standard; and
l costs of deposit insurance and changes with respect to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage
levels.
Certain risk factors that might cause actual results to differ materially from those presented are more fully described in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K within Part I, Item 1A – Risk Factors, included elsewhere in this report and from time to time, in
other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in
or implied by any forward-looking statement. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. Except to the extent required by law, we specifically disclaim any
obligation to update any factors or to publicly announce the result of revisions to any of the forward-looking statements included
herein to reflect future events or developments.
REFERENCES
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this report to “MVB Financial,” “MVB,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,”
and “ours” refer to the registrant, MVB Financial Corp., and its subsidiaries consolidated for the purposes of its financial
statements.
2
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Corporate Overview
PART I
MVB Financial Corp. is a financial holding company organized as a West Virginia corporation in 2003 that operates principally
through its wholly-owned subsidiary, MVB Bank, Inc. The Bank’s consolidated subsidiaries include MVB Insurance, LLC, a title
insurance company (“MVB Insurance”), MVB Community Development Corporation (“MVB CDC”), ProCo Global, Inc.
(“Chartwell,” which does business under the registered trade name Chartwell Compliance), Paladin Fraud, LLC (“Paladin Fraud”)
and MVB Edge Ventures, LLC (“Edge Ventures”). The Bank owns a controlling interest in Trabian Technology, Inc. (“Trabian”)
and Edge Ventures wholly-owns Victor Technologies, Inc. (“Victor”), as well as controlling interests in MVB Technology, LLC
(“MVB Technology”) and Flexia Payments, LLC (“Flexia”). The Bank also owns equity method investments in Intercoastal
Mortgage Company, LLC (“ICM”), Interchecks Technologies, Inc. (“Interchecks”) and Ayers Socure II, LLC ("Ayers Socure
II").
In 2021, Edge Ventures was created as a management company providing oversight, alignment and structure for MVB’s Fintech
companies and allocates resources to help incubate venture businesses and technologies acquired and developed by MVB.
Subsidiaries of Edge Ventures include MVB Technology, Flexia and Victor.
We have acquired a number of financial institutions and other financial services businesses. Future acquisitions and divestitures
will be consistent with our strategic direction. Our most recent acquisition and divestiture activity includes the following:
l In February 2021, the Bank entered into an agreement to acquire an 80% interest in Flexia. The Bank invested approximately
$2.5 million for the 80% interest. At the time of acquisition, Flexia had no assets or liabilities. Soon after the Bank's
investment, for approximately $1.0 million Flexia purchased a license for technology that allows users to access a reloadable
account that combines a debit card account and casino gaming accounts into one card and to utilize them for non-cash
transactions at participating casinos, for exclusive use in the United States and Canada.
l In April 2021, the Bank entered into an agreement with Trabian, a leading software development firm servicing financial
institutions, pursuant to which the Bank acquired an 80% interest in Trabian in exchange for approximately $1.6 million,
including unregistered shares of MVB common stock. Trabian builds digital products and web and mobile applications for
forward-thinking community banks, credit unions, digital banks and Fintech companies. Consistent with our mission to
pursue technology to accelerate community finance, Trabian has created technology platforms that have been instrumental to
the success of many of today’s leading Fintech companies.
l In July 2021, the Bank completed the previously announced sale of certain assets and liabilities of four banking centers in
West Virginia. Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement between the Bank and Summit Community
Bank, Inc. (“Summit”), Summit assumed approximately $163.3 million in deposit liabilities, including accrued interest, and
acquired approximately $57.8 million in loans, as well as accrued interest on those loans, cash, real property, personal
property and other fixed assets associated with the banking centers, as of the July 10, 2021 closing date. The Bank recognized
a pre-tax gain of $10.8 million on the sale in the third quarter of 2021.
l In August 2021, the Bank entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Interchecks, a privately held start-up which
simplifies and enhances payouts and 1099 compliance for organizations around the world. We made an initial investment in
Interchecks in 2019. This additional investment increased our ownership interest in Interchecks to 16.9% and allows us to
have significant influence over the operations and decision making at Interchecks.
3
Business Overview
We conduct a wide range of business activities through the Bank, primarily commercial and retail (“CoRe”) banking services, as
well as Fintech banking.
CoRe Banking
We offer our customers a full range of products and services including:
l Various demand deposit accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit;
l Commercial, consumer and real estate mortgage loans and lines of credit;
l Debit cards;
l Cashier’s checks;
l Safe deposit rental facilities; and
l Non-deposit investment services offered through an association with a broker-dealer.
Fintech Banking
In addition to CoRe banking activities, we are also involved in innovative strategies to provide independent banking to corporate
clients throughout the United States by leveraging recent investments in Fintech companies. The dedicated Fintech sales team
specializes in providing banking services to corporate Fintech clients, with an overarching focus on operational risk management
and compliance. Managing banking relationships with clients in the payments, digital savings, cryptocurrency, crowd funding,
lottery and gaming industries is complex from both an operational and regulatory perspective. We hold a strategic view that the
complexity of serving these industries causes them to be underserved with quality banking services and provides us with a
significantly expanded pool of potential customers. When serviced in a safe and efficient manner, these industries offer an
excellent source of stable, low cost deposits and non-interest, fee based income. We analyze each industry thoroughly, both from
an operational and regulatory viewpoint. This business line has the potential for fee income revenue as relationships grow.
Edge Ventures
In 2021, Edge Ventures, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, was created as a management company providing oversight,
alignment and structure for our Fintech companies and allocates resources to help incubate venture businesses and technologies
acquired and developed by us. In September 2021, Edge Ventures announced a partnership with NYDIG, a leading technology
and financial services firm dedicated to Bitcoin, to integrate Bitcoin into our industry-leading banking-as-a-service solutions. This
partnership will allow our Fintech clients to offer Bitcoin-related products – all powered by NYDIG's secure, regulated, full-stack
platform-alongside our banking products. Subsidiaries of Edge Ventures include MVB Technology, Flexia and Victor, which are
developing software to enhance the products and services available to our customers.
MVB Technology
MVB Technology is a 93.4% owned subsidiary of Edge Ventures. MVB Technology's primary product, GRAND, provides fast,
cost effective payments from a modern bank account. Account holders fund their GRAND account using a bank account, card or
direct deposit and can then seamlessly transfer funds between their GRAND account and their favorite apps. GRAND helps drive
significant savings for online merchants through a streamlined process for transfers of customer funds.
Flexia
In February 2021, Edge Ventures acquired an 80% interest in Flexia. Flexia is a Las Vegas-based Fintech company that licenses
technology which allows users to access a reloadable account that combines a debit card account and casino gaming accounts into
one card and to utilize them for non-cash transactions at participating casinos. Flexia's technology license provides Flexia with
exclusive use of the software in the United States and Canada.
Victor
Victor is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Edge Ventures. In 2021, Victor was formed to develop technology to make it faster and
easier to launch and scale a broad spectrum of Fintech solutions for the gaming, payments, banking-as-a-service and digital asset
sectors. Within a matter of weeks, Fintech developers can build solutions to manage and move money with developer-friendly
application programming interfaces. Banks can onboard and manage more programs with Victor’s tailored due diligence, risk
assessment and oversight workflow tools. Recognizing the complexity of the Fintech ecosystem, Victor also supports seamless
4
integration with a proven network of value-added technology and service providers.
Primary Market Areas and Customers
We consider our primary market area for CoRe banking services to be comprised of North Central West Virginia and Northern
Virginia, where we currently operate eight full-service branches: six in West Virginia and two in Virginia. We consider our
Fintech banking market to be customers located throughout the entire United States.
We believe that the current economic climate in our primary market areas reflect economic climates that are consistent with the
general national economic climate. Unemployment in the United States was 3.7%, 6.5% and 3.4% for December 2021, 2020 and
2019, respectively.
COVID-19 Pandemic
Throughout 2020 and 2021 and into 2022, economies throughout the world have been severely disrupted as a result of the
outbreak of COVID-19. The outbreak and any preventative or protective actions that we or our clients may take related to this
virus may result in a period of disruption, including our financial reporting capabilities, our operations generally and could
potentially impact our clients, providers and third parties. While significant progress has been made to combat the outbreak of
COVID-19, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to impact our future operating results will depend on
future developments, including resurgences, such as the recent acceleration of the spread of the Delta and Omicron variants of
COVID-19, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.
Segment Reporting
We have identified three reportable segments: CoRe banking; mortgage banking; and financial holding company, with our
remaining non-reportable segments included in the “other” category.
Revenue from CoRe banking activities consists primarily of interest earned on loans and investment securities and service charges
on deposit accounts. The Fintech banking division, MVB Insurance and MVB CDC reside in the CoRe banking segment.
Revenue from the mortgage banking activities is comprised of interest earned on loans and fees received as a result of the
mortgage loan origination process. Prior to July 2020, the mortgage banking services were conducted by a subsidiary of the Bank,
Potomac Mortgage Group (“PMG”). In July 2020, we announced the completion of PMG’s combination with Intercoastal
Mortgage Company to form ICM. We have recognized our ownership of ICM as an equity method investment. Income related to
this equity method investment is included in the Mortgage Banking segment.
Revenue from financial holding company activities is mainly comprised of intercompany service income and dividends.
The remaining operating segments, including Chartwell, Paladin Fraud, Trabian and the subsidiaries of Edge Ventures do not
meet the criteria for a reportable segment and are included in the “other” category. For more information about each of our
reportable segments, please refer to Note 21 – Segment Reporting accompanying the consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this report.
Commercial Loans
At December 31, 2021, the Bank had outstanding approximately $1.49 billion in commercial loans, including commercial and
industrial, commercial real estate and financial loans. These loans represented approximately 80% of the total aggregate loan
portfolio as of that date.
Commercial lending entails significant additional risks as compared with consumer lending (i.e., single-family residential
mortgage lending and installment lending). In addition, the payment experience on commercial loans typically depends on
adequate cash flow of a business and thus may be subject to, to a greater extent, adverse conditions in the general economy or in a
specific industry. Loan terms include amortization schedules commensurate with the purpose of each loan, the source of
repayment and the risk involved. The primary analysis technique used in determining whether to grant a commercial loan is the
review of a schedule of estimated cash flows to evaluate whether anticipated future cash flows will be adequate to service both
interest and principal due. In addition, the Bank reviews collateral to determine its value in relation to the loan in the event of a
foreclosure.
5
The Bank evaluates all new commercial loans and the Credit Department facilitates an annual loan review process that ensures
that a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio, typically a minimum of 50%, is reviewed each year under a risk-based
approach. If deterioration in credit worthiness has occurred, the Bank takes prompt action designed to assure repayment of the
loan. Upon detection of the reduced ability of a borrower to meet original cash flow obligations, the loan is considered for
possible downgrading, and may be considered classified and potentially placed on non-accrual status.
In addition to the review noted above, the commercial and credit teams performed an evaluation of the entire commercial loan
portfolio for potential short- and long-term impacts of COVID-19. Through this process, we identified the industries and
borrowers that were most significantly impacted by COVID-19, allowing the Bank to implement immediate risk mitigation efforts
and provide relief where necessary to support our clients. Management will continue to monitor the portfolio for any ongoing
effects.
Residential Mortgage Loans
At December 31, 2021, the Bank had approximately $332.7 million of residential real estate loans, home equity lines of credit and
construction mortgages outstanding, representing 18% of total loans outstanding.
The Bank generally requires that the residential real estate loan amount be no more than 80% of the purchase price or the
appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, unless the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance for the percentage
exceeding 80%. Occasionally, the Bank may lend up to 100% of the appraised value of the real estate. Loans made in this lending
category are generally one to ten year adjustable rate, fully amortizing to maturity mortgages. The Bank also originates fixed rate
real estate loans and generally sells these loans in the secondary market. Most real estate loans are secured by first mortgages with
evidence of title in favor of the Bank in the form of an attorney’s opinion of the title or a title insurance policy. The Bank also
requires proof of hazard insurance with the Bank named as the mortgagee and as the loss payee. Full appraisals are obtained from
licensed appraisers for the majority of loans secured by real estate. In addition, the Bank purchases residential real estate loans
from ICM.
Residential construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on
improved, occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan is dependent largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of
the property’s value at completion of construction and the estimated cost (including interest) of construction. If the estimate of
construction cost proves to be inaccurate, we may advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of
the project. Also, note that with respect to construction loans, the Bank generally makes loans to the homeowner, rather than to
the builder. At December 31, 2021, residential mortgage construction loans to individuals totaled approximately $135.5 million
with an average remaining life of four months and are generally refinanced to a permanent loan upon completion of the
construction.
Consumer Loans
At December 31, 2021 the Bank had approximately $44.3 million of consumer loans, including installment loans and personal
lines of credit, representing 2% of total loans outstanding. Consumer loans include installment loans used by clients to purchase
automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles.
Credit risk for consumer loans is similar to residential real estate loans described above as it is subject to the borrower’s
continuing financial stability and the value of the collateral securing the loan. This segment also includes subprime loans
purchased from a third-party originator related to purchases of personal automotive vehicles. Credit risk is unique in comparison
to the remainder of the consumer segment as these loans are being provided to consumers that cannot typically obtain financing
through traditional lenders. As such, these loans are subject to a higher risk of default than the typical consumer loan.
Competition
Our business experiences significant competition in attracting depositors and borrowers. Competition in lending activities comes
principally from other commercial banks, savings associations, insurance companies, governmental agencies, credit unions,
brokerage firms and pension funds. The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates, loan terms and overall lending
services. Competition for deposits comes from other commercial banks, savings associations, money market funds and credit
unions, as well as from insurance companies and brokerage firms. Competition for deposits also comes from other Fintech-
focused banks and neobanks, which are online-only financial institutions. The primary factors in competing for deposits are
interest rates paid on deposits, account liquidity, convenience of office location, technology offerings and overall financial
condition. Fintech companies also compete with us directly and in partnership with other banks and financial services providers in
6
lending, deposits, contactless payment cards, digital wallets and mobile payments solutions, installment or other buy now pay
later methods, real-time payment systems, peer-to-peer payments, card readers and other point of sale technologies, tools that
simplify merchant payments and other markets.We believe that our approach of integrating banking services with technology
provides flexibility, which enables the Bank to offer an array of banking products and services. ICM faces significant competition
from traditional financial institutions, Fintech-focused banks and neobanks and other national and local mortgage banking
operations.
We operate under a “needs-based” selling approach that management believes has proven successful in serving the financial needs
of most customers. It is not our strategy to compete solely on the basis of interest rates. Management believes that a focus on
customer relationships and service will promote our customers’ continued use of our financial products and services and will lead
to enhanced revenue opportunities. We are also involved in innovative strategies to provide independent banking to corporate
clients throughout the United States by leveraging recent investments in Fintech companies.
Human Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2021, we had 458 employees. We seek to attract, retain and develop the most talented employees possible,
regardless of location, by promoting a strong, positive culture, offering competitive compensation, maintaining a safe and healthy
workplace, investing in training and education and emphasizing open communication with management.
Covid-19 Response
We have thrived through the pandemic, with more than 85% of our Team Members across 39 states, Puerto Rico and two
countries successfully working remotely. Our information technology team has worked diligently to position us so that we could
seamlessly support a remote workforce. We experienced no layoffs or salary reductions related to the COVID-19 pandemic and
have increased headcount over the past year, primarily related to further build-out our Fintech vertical.
Exercising our core values, management made employee safety its top priority. Prior to the shift to remote status, a Pandemic
Response Team was assembled and continues to meet daily to monitor employee travel and illness concerns/reports, as well as the
ever-changing COVID-19 landscape.
Culture
We remain committed to maintaining and growing our culture by leveraging our purpose, values and associated behaviors. We
have successfully operationalized our Culture Initiative by embedding these elements into our daily life. Examples of this can be
found in our talent acquisition, onboarding, education and performance processes. We take time to listen to our employees, to
understand areas of opportunity and to provide support that enables to execute on our business strategy. That approach has helped
us build something special and differentiate us from others.
Diversity Equity and Inclusion
Our goal is to create and sustain a visible commitment to diversity, equity and inclusion, recognizable to current and future
employees, clients and partners. We firmly believe leveraging differences in thoughts, experiences, backgrounds and perspectives
drives employee engagement, innovation and financial success.
We established a Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Team Member Resource Group, composed of 28 company volunteers across the
organization. Educating our employees about events and subjects related to diversity, equity and inclusion creates a more
inclusive culture, enables leaders across the organization to develop diverse teams and fosters collaboration and innovation.
Total Rewards
To attract and retain employees, we consistently assess the labor market and seek to improve our benefit and compensation
programs. We offer a competitive salary structure with short-term and long-term performance incentives. Our total compensation
programs are also designed to promote the interests of our employees and shareholders, while enabling us to attract and retain top-
quality executive talent.
We educate, support and empower employees and their dependents to improve and maintain their overall health and well-being
through healthy lifestyle choices and to create a culture of wellness. We offer competitive benefits plans, wellness incentives,
flexible work arrangements, maternity leave and community service opportunities. We also support employees’ financial planning
7
for the future by offering 401(k) plan matching, immediate vesting and access to retirement advisors.
Employee Learning and Development
We remain committed to education and development for our employees. The remote work environment created additional
opportunities for virtual and online learning. In 2021, Team Members were assigned position-specific curricula designed to
support ongoing compliance requirements and development within their individual positions. Employees experience on the job
training, as well as other company organized opportunities. In 2021, we held 131 internal learning events that provided 283 total
hours, or an average of 5.44 hours per week, of learning opportunities facilitated by our Learning & Development team.
We have a 40-hour annual education requirement for each employee as part of our annual performance evaluation process. This
also includes additional courses/content employees experience outside of our Learning Management System. We also offer
employee education assistance and tuition reimbursement programs.
Communication, Recognition and Engagement
We believe it is important to provide our employees with open communication with management. Our internal communication
structure includes various opportunities for employees to interact with our CEO and other members of the executive leadership
team, including monthly all-hands town hall meetings. At the meetings, our CEO and members of the executive leadership team
present informational topics in sessions open to all employees.
Supervision and Regulation
We are subject to extensive regulation under federal and state banking laws. Our earnings are affected by general economic
conditions, management policies, changes in state and federal laws and regulations and actions of various regulatory authorities,
including those referred to in this section. The following discussion describes elements of an extensive regulatory framework
applicable to bank holding companies, financial holding companies and banks and contains specific information about us.
Regulation of banks, bank holding companies and financial holding companies is intended primarily for the protection of
depositors, the insurance fund of the FDIC and the stability of the financial system, rather than for the protection of our
shareholders and creditors.
In addition to banking laws, regulations and regulatory agencies, we are subject to various other laws, regulations, supervision and
examination by other regulatory agencies, all of which directly or indirectly affect the operations and management of us and the
Bank and our ability to make distributions to shareholders. State and federal law govern the activities in which the Bank engages,
the investments it makes, the aggregate amount of loans that may be granted to one borrower and other similar areas of the Bank's
business. Various consumer and compliance laws and regulations also affect us and the Bank's operations.
The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations and policies that are
described herein. Such statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures and
federal and state regulatory agencies. The likelihood and timing of any changes and the impact such changes may have on us or
the Bank is impossible to determine with any certainty. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to us
and our subsidiaries could have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Financial Regulatory Reform
During the past several years, there has been a significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight for United States
financial services firms such as us, primarily resulting from the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) in 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive, complicated and comprehensive legislation
that impacts many aspects of a banking organization, representing a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the
financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act implements numerous and far-reaching changes that affect financial companies,
including banks, bank holding companies and financial holding companies, such as us. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes prudential
regulation on depository institutions and their holding companies, which requires financial firms to control risks and hold
adequate capital as defined by capital requirements and liquidity requirements and by the imposition of concentration risk limits.
As such, we are subject to more stringent standards and requirements with respect to: (i) bank and non-bank acquisitions and
mergers; (ii) the “financial activities” in which we engage as a financial holding company; (iii) affiliate transactions; and (iv)
proprietary trading and investing in private equity or hedge funds, among other provisions.
In May 2018, the EGRRCPA was enacted, which repealed or modified certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and eases
8
regulations on all but the largest banks. These modifications, among other changes: (i) exempt banks with less than $10 billion in
assets from the ability-to-repay requirements for certain qualified residential mortgage loans held in portfolio; (ii) eliminate the
requirement for appraisals for certain real estate transactions valued at less than $400,000 in rural areas; (iii) exempt banks that
originate fewer than 500 open-end and 500 closed-end mortgages from the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act’s expanded data
disclosures; (iv) clarify that, subject to various conditions, reciprocal deposits of another depository institution obtained using a
deposit broker through a deposit placement network for purposes of obtaining maximum deposit insurance would not be
considered brokered deposits subject to the FDIC’s brokered-deposit regulations; (v) raise eligibility for the 18-month exam cycle
from $1 billion to banks with $3 billion in assets; and (vi) simplify capital calculations by requiring regulators to establish for
institutions under $10 billion in assets a community bank leverage ratio (tangible equity to average consolidated assets) at a
percentage not less than 8% and not greater than 10% that upon the election of a bank would replace the risk-based capital
requirements. In addition, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”) was required to raise
the asset threshold under its Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement from $1 billion to $3 billion for bank holding
companies that are exempt from consolidated capital requirements, provided that such companies meet certain other conditions
such as not engaging in significant non-banking activities.
Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and other laws, such as the EGRRCPA, are subject to further rulemaking, guidance and
interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. New regulations and statutes are periodically proposed and/or adopted that
contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions
operating and doing business in the United States. Changes in leadership at various federal banking agencies (which may
accelerate under the Biden administration), including the Federal Reserve Board, can also change the policy direction of these
agencies. Certain of these recent proposals and changes are described below. We will continue to evaluate the impact of any new
regulations so promulgated or under consideration, including changes in regulatory costs and fees, modifications to consumer
products or disclosures required by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) and the requirements of the enhanced
supervision provisions, among others.
Regulatory Agencies
We are a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a financial holding
company and a bank holding company, we are regulated under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”),
and we and our non-bank subsidiaries are subject to inspection, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. The
BHCA provides generally for “umbrella” regulation of financial holding companies such as us by the Federal Reserve Board and
for functional regulation of banking activities by bank regulators, securities activities by securities regulators and insurance
activities by insurance regulators. We are also under the jurisdiction of the SEC and are subject to the disclosure and regulatory
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”), as administered by the SEC.
The Bank is a West Virginia state chartered bank. The Bank is not a member bank of the Federal Reserve System (“non-member
bank”). Accordingly, the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions and the FDIC are the primary regulators of the Bank and
the Bank's subsidiaries.
Bank Holding Company Activities
In general, the BHCA limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks and other
activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. In
addition, bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire
and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity, that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial
activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve Board in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to
a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial
system generally (as solely determined by the Federal Reserve Board), without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.
Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant
banking investments. Under current federal law, as a bank holding company, we have elected and qualified to become a financial
holding company.
Most of the financial activities that are permissible for financial holding companies also are permissible for a bank’s “financial
subsidiary,” except for insurance underwriting, insurance company portfolio investments, real estate investments and
development and merchant banking, which must be conducted by a financial holding company. In order for a financial subsidiary
of a bank to engage in permissible financial activities, federal law requires, among other conditions, that the parent bank be well
managed and have at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating, and the parent bank and all of its bank affiliates
9
must be well capitalized.
To maintain financial holding company status, a financial holding company and all of its depository institution subsidiaries must
be “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations and the depository institution
subsidiaries controlled by the financial holding company must have at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating. A
depository institution subsidiary is considered to be “well capitalized” if it satisfies the requirements for this status discussed in
the sections captioned Capital Requirements and Prompt Corrective Action included in this item. A depository institution
subsidiary is considered “well managed” if it received a composite rating of 1 or 2 and management rating of at least
“satisfactory” in its most recent examination. If a financial holding company ceases to meet these capital and management
requirements, the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations provide that the financial holding company must enter into an agreement
with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. Until the financial holding
company returns to compliance, the Federal Reserve Board may impose limitations or conditions on the conduct of its activities,
and the financial holding company may not commence any of the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding
companies or acquire a company engaged in such financial activities without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. If the
financial holding company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve Board may require (i) divestiture
of the holding company’s depository institutions or (ii) termination by the financial holding company of any activity that is not an
activity that is permissible for bank holding companies under section 4(c)(8) of the BHCA. If a depository institution receives a
rating of less than satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act, the financial holding company may not commence any
additional financial activity or acquire a company engaged in financial activity, until the bank subsidiary has achieved at least a
rating of satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act.
Please refer to the section captioned Community Reinvestment Act included elsewhere in this item.
The Federal Reserve Board has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to
terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve Board has reasonable grounds to believe that
continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability
of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.
As required by the EGRRCPA, in August 2018, the Federal Reserve Board issued an interim final rule that expanded applicability
of the Federal Reserve Board’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. The interim final rule raised the policy
statement’s asset threshold from $1 billion to $3 billion in total consolidated assets for a bank holding company or savings and
loan holding company that: (i) is not engaged in significant non-banking activities; (ii) does not conduct significant off-balance
sheet activities; and (iii) does not have a material amount of debt or equity securities, other than trust-preferred securities,
outstanding that are registered with the SEC. The interim final rule provides that, if warranted for supervisory purposes, the
Federal Reserve Board may exclude a company from the threshold increase. Management believes we meet the conditions of the
Federal Reserve Board’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement and is therefore excluded from consolidated capital
requirements and is subject to specific debt to equity ratio requirements. To be considered well capitalized, a company subject to
the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement must meet certain requirements, including having a debt-to-equity ratio of
1.0:1 or less. Further, qualification as a small bank holding company allows us to file more abbreviated, and less frequent,
consolidated and holding company reports with the Federal Reserve. The Bank remains subject to regulatory capital requirements
administered by the federal banking agencies.
Federal Securities Regulation
We are subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the
Exchange Act. We are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), which imposes numerous
reporting, accounting, corporate governance and business practices on companies, as well as financial and other professionals who
have involvement with the United States public markets. We are generally subject to these requirements and applicable SEC rules
and regulations.
10
Acquisitions
The BHCA, the Bank Merger Act, the Change in Bank Control Act (the “CIBCA”), West Virginia banking law, and other federal
and state statutes regulate investments in and acquisitions of commercial banks and their parent holding companies. The BHCA
requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board for the direct or indirect acquisition by a bank holding company of more
than 5.0% of the voting shares of a commercial bank or its parent holding company. Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior
approval of the FDIC (in the case of a non-member bank) or other appropriate bank regulatory authority is required for a bank to
merge with another bank or purchase substantially all of the assets or assume any deposits of another bank. Under the CIBCA, a
filing with the Federal Reserve Board is required under certain circumstances if an investor acquires more than 9.9% of any class
of voting securities of a state member bank or a bank holding company. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and
acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public
benefits of the transactions, the capital position and managerial strength of the combined organization, the risks to the stability of
the United States banking or financial system, the applicant’s performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act (please
refer to the section captioned Community Reinvestment Act included elsewhere in this item) and its compliance with consumer
protection laws and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities and other financial
crimes.
Current federal law authorizes interstate acquisitions of banks and bank holding companies without geographic limitation.
Furthermore, a bank headquartered in one state is authorized to merge with a bank headquartered in another state, subject to
market share limitations and any state requirement that the target bank shall have been in existence and operating for a minimum
period of time. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, national and state-chartered banks may open an initial branch in a state other than its
home state by establishing a de novo branch at any location in such host state at which a bank chartered in such a host state could
establish a branch. Applications to establish such branches must be filed with the appropriate bank regulators.
Other Safety and Soundness Regulations
The Federal Reserve Board has enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries. The
Federal Reserve Board has authority to prohibit activities that represent unsafe or unsound practices or constitute violations of
law, rule, regulation, administrative order or written agreement with a federal regulator. These powers may be exercised through
the issuance of cease and desist orders, civil money penalties or other enforcement and remedial actions.
Federal and state banking regulators also have broad enforcement powers over the Bank, including the power to impose fines and
other civil and criminal penalties and to appoint a receiver in order to conserve the assets of the Bank for the benefit of depositors
and other creditors. The West Virginia Commissioner of Banking also has the authority to take possession of a West Virginia state
bank in certain circumstances, including, among other things, when it appears necessary in order to protect or preserve the assets
of that bank for the benefit of depositors and other creditors.
Anti-Money Laundering and the USA PATRIOT Act
A major focus of governmental policy on financial institution regulations in recent years has been aimed at combating money
laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) substantially broadened the scope of
United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations,
creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The Patriot Act contains
anti-money laundering measures affecting insured depository institutions and their affiliates, broker-dealers and certain other
financial institutions. Financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account
relationships and must use enhanced due diligence procedures in their dealings with certain types of high-risk customers and
implement a written customer identification program. Financial institutions must take certain steps to assist government agencies
in detecting and preventing money laundering and report certain types of suspicious transactions. The Patriot Act includes the
International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001, which grants the Secretary of the United
States Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on financial institutions’
operations. The United States Treasury has issued a number of regulations to implement the Patriot Act under this authority
requiring financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money
laundering and terrorist financing. Regulatory authorities routinely examine financial institutions for compliance with these
obligations, and failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and
terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational
consequences for the institution, including imposing substantial money penalties and causing applicable bank regulatory
authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions
even if approval is not required. Regulatory authorities have imposed cease and desist orders and civil money penalties against
11
institutions found to be violating these obligations.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
The United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) administers and enforces economic and
trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries, regimes and individuals, under authority of various laws, including designated
foreign countries, nationals and others. OFAC publishes lists of specially designated targets and countries. We are responsible for,
among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, such targets and countries, prohibiting unlicensed trade and
financial transactions with them and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with these sanctions
could have serious legal, financial and reputational consequences, including the imposition of financial penalties, causing
applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to
prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required.
Incentive Compensation
As part of its regular, risk-focused examination process, the Federal Reserve Board reviews the incentive compensation
arrangements of banking organizations that are not “large, complex banking organizations,” such as us. These reviews are tailored
to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive
compensation arrangements. The findings of this supervisory initiative will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies
will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions
and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation
arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness
and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.
In June 2010, the Federal Reserve Board, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and FDIC issued comprehensive final
guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations
do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk taking. The guidance, which
covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a
group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide
incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks; (ii) be
compatible with effective internal controls and risk management; and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including
active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors.
In June 2016, the Federal Reserve Board, other federal banking agencies, and the SEC jointly published a proposed rulemaking
designed to strengthen the incentive-based compensation practices at covered institutions by better aligning the financial rewards
for covered persons with an institution’s long-term safety and soundness. The proposed rule uses a tiered approach that applies
provisions to covered financial institutions according to three categories of average total consolidated assets: Level 1 ($250 billion
or more), Level 2 ($50 billion to $250 billion) and Level 3 ($1 billion to $50 billion). For all covered institutions, the proposed
rule would (i) prohibit types and features of incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks
because they are “excessive” or “could lead to material financial loss” at a covered institution; (ii) require incentive-based
compensation arrangements to adhere to three basic principles: (1) a balance between risk and reward; (2) effective risk
management and controls; and (3) effective governance; and (iii) require appropriate board or directors (or committee) oversight
and record keeping and disclosures to the appropriate agency. For Level 1 and Level 2 institutions, the proposed rule would (i)
require the following: the deferral of awards for senior executive officers and significant risk takers; the subjecting of unpaid and
unvested incentive compensation to the risk of downward adjustments or forfeiture; the subjecting of paid incentive compensation
to the risk of “clawback;” establishing a board compensation committee; expanded risk-management and control standards;
additional record keeping requirements for senior executive officers and significant risk takers; and detailed policies and
procedures to ensure rule compliance; and (ii) prohibit certain inappropriate practices, including: the purchase of hedging
instruments that offset decreases in the value of incentive compensation; allowing a range of payouts that might encourage risk
taking; and basing compensation solely on comparison to peer and volume-driven incentives without regard to transaction quality
or compliance with sound risk management. The comment period ended in July 2016 and the agencies are evaluating the
comments received.
If these or other regulations are adopted in a form similar to that initially proposed, they will impose limitations on the manner in
which we may structure compensation for our executives.
In addition, SEC regulations require public companies, like us, to provide various disclosures about executive compensation in
annual reports and proxy statements and to present to their shareholders a non-binding vote on the approval of executive
12
compensation.
The scope and content of the United States banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation and SEC rulemaking with
respect to executive compensation are continuing to develop.
The Volcker Rule
The Volcker Rule implements section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act and prohibits insured depository institutions and affiliated
companies and foreign banks which engage in the banking business in the United States (together, “banking entities”) from
engaging in proprietary trading of certain securities, derivatives and commodity futures and options on these instruments, for their
own account and prohibits banking entities from investing in or sponsoring certain types of funds (“covered funds”) unless
otherwise permitted by the Volcker Rule. EGRRCPA exempts from the Volcker Rule banking entities with $10 billion or less in
total consolidated assets and have total trading assets and trading liabilities that are less than 5% of total consolidated assets. As of
July 22, 2019, the effective date for the rulemaking implementing the EGRRCPA exemption, we and the Bank are below these
thresholds and thus exempt from the Volcker Rule.
Limit on Dividends
We are a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. Our ability to obtain funds
for the payment of dividends to our shareholders and for other cash requirements largely depends on the amount of dividends the
Bank declares. However, the Federal Reserve Board expects us to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to the
Bank to reduce potential loss exposure to the Bank’s depositors and to the FDIC insurance fund in the event the Bank becomes
insolvent or is in danger of becoming insolvent or is otherwise experiencing financial stress. Under this requirement, we are
expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when we may not be in a financial position to provide such
resources. Any capital loans by us to the Bank would be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other
indebtedness of the Bank. In the event of bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the
capital of the Bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.
Accordingly, the Federal Reserve Board may require us to retain capital for further investment in the Bank, rather than pay
dividends to our shareholders. The Bank may not pay dividends to us if, after paying those dividends, the Bank would fail to meet
the required minimum levels under the risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage ratio requirements. The Bank
must have the approval from the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions if a dividend in any year would cause the total
dividends for that year to exceed the sum of the current year’s net earnings and the retained earnings for the preceding two years,
less required transfers to surplus. These provisions could limit our ability to pay dividends on our outstanding common shares.
In addition, we and the Bank are subject to other regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends,
including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums (please refer to the Capital Requirements section
below). The appropriate federal regulatory authority is authorized to determine under certain circumstances relating to the
financial condition of a bank holding company or a bank that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice
and to prohibit payment thereof. The appropriate federal regulatory authorities have stated that paying dividends that deplete a
bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations
should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that
bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum
allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong.
Transactions with Affiliates
Transactions with affiliates are regulated under federal banking law. The Federal Reserve Act, made applicable to the Bank by
section 8(j) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”), imposes quantitative and qualitative requirements and collateral
requirements on “covered transactions” by the Bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates and generally requires those
transactions to be on terms at least as favorable to the Bank as if the transaction were conducted with an unaffiliated third-party.
Covered transactions are defined by the Federal Reserve Act to include a loan or extension of credit, as well as a purchase of
securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve Board) from the affiliate,
certain derivative transactions that create a credit exposure by a bank to an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the
affiliate as collateral for a loan and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf or for the benefit of an
affiliate. In general, any such transaction by the Bank or its subsidiaries must be limited to certain thresholds on an individual and
aggregate basis and, for credit transactions with any affiliate, must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral.
13
Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to
entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are
substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for
comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. Also, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the
normal risk of non-repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit
extended to such persons individually and in the aggregate.
Capital Requirements
We are required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the FDIC (the “Capital Rules”). We are
exempt from the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy standards as we believe that we meet the requirements of the Small
Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. State chartered banks, such as the Bank, are subject to similar capital requirements
adopted by the West Virginia Division of Financial Institutions.
The Capital Rules, among other things: (i) include a “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”) measure; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital
consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) define CET1 narrowly by
requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of
capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations.
Under the Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios effective as of January 1, 2015 are:
l 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;
l 6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;
l 8.0% total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and
l 4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage
ratio”).
The Capital Rules also include a “capital conservation buffer”, composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-
weighted asset ratios. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and
increased by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reached 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The Capital Rules also provide for a
“countercyclical capital buffer” that is only applicable to certain covered institutions and does not have any current applicability
to us or the Bank. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress and effectively
increases the minimum required risk-weighted capital ratios. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets
below the effective minimum (4.5% plus the capital conservation buffer of 2.5% and, if applicable, the countercyclical capital
buffer) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.
Since fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Capital Rules require the Bank to maintain an additional capital conservation buffer
of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios of: (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%; (ii) Tier 1 capital to
risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%; (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%; and (iv) a
minimum leverage ratio of 4%. The Capital Rules also provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1.
The Capital Rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expanded the risk-weighting categories from the
general risk-based capital rules to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the
assets, generally ranging from 0% for United States government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and
resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories.
In September 2017, the Federal Reserve Board, along with other bank regulatory agencies, proposed amendments to its capital
requirements to simplify certain aspects of the capital rules for community banks, including the Bank, in an attempt to reduce the
regulatory burden for such smaller financial institutions. In July 2019, the bank regulatory agencies finalized the rule which
applies to banking organizations with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion in total foreign
exposure. The rule simplifies the capital treatment for mortgage servicing assets, certain deferred tax assets, investments in the
capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and minority interest. The rule also allows bank holding companies to
redeem common stock without prior approval unless otherwise required. Generally, the final rule is effective as of April 1, 2020;
however, banking organizations are permitted to use this simpler regulatory capital requirements as of January 1, 2020.
In June 2016, the FASB issued an update to the accounting standards for credit losses that included the CECL methodology,
which replaces the existing incurred loss methodology for certain financial assets. CECL became effective for certain entities on
January 1, 2020. In December 2018, the federal bank regulatory agencies approved a final rule providing an option to phase-in,
14
over a period of three years, the day-one regulatory capital effects resulting from the implementation of CECL. This standard is
effective for us in 2023.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the EGRRCPA simplifies capital calculations by requiring regulators to establish for insured
depository institutions under $10 billion in assets a community bank leverage ratio (“CBLR”) (tangible equity to average
consolidated assets) at a percentage not less than 8% and not greater than 10% that such institutions may elect to replace the
general applicable risk-based capital requirements under the Capital Rules. Such institutions that meet the CBLR will
automatically be deemed to be well-capitalized, although the regulators retain the flexibility to determine that the institution may
not qualify for the CBLR test based on the institution’s risk profile. In November 2019, the federal bank regulators issued a final
rule on the CBLR, setting the minimum required CBLR at 9%. Depository institutions and depository institution holding
companies that have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets and meet other qualifying criteria, including a leverage ratio
(equal to tier 1 capital divided by average total consolidated assets) of greater than 9%, will be eligible to opt into the CBLR
framework. Banking organizations that elect to use the CBLR framework and that maintain a leverage ratio of greater than 9%
will be considered to have satisfied the generally applicable risk-based and leverage capital requirements in the regulators’ capital
rules and, if applicable, will be considered to have met the well-capitalized ratio requirements for purposes of section 38 of the
FDIA. The final rule was effective on January 1, 2020 and the CBLR framework was available for banks to use beginning in their
March 31, 2020 Call Report. The Bank elected to apply the CBLR framework in its March 31, 2021 Call Report and qualified for
this election throughout 2021.
We have policies and procedures in place to establish internal capital levels and to monitor and stress-test such levels on a regular
basis to ensure we remain above regulatory capital limits.
Prompt Corrective Action
The FDIA requires, among other things, that the federal banking agencies take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository
institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDIA includes the following five capital tiers: “well capitalized,”
“adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository
institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other
factors, as established by regulation. The relevant capital measures, which reflect changes under the Capital Rules that became
effective on January 1, 2015, are the total capital ratio, the CET1 capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the leverage ratio.
A bank will be (i) “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio
of 6.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and is not subject to
any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital
measure; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio
of 4.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater and is not “well
capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a CET1 capital ratio
less than 4.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) “significantly
undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a CET1 capital ratio less than 3.0%, a Tier
1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if the
institution’s tangible equity is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded
to, or deemed to be within, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe
or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. A bank’s capital
category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations and the capital category may not
constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes.
As noted above, the EGRRCPA eliminated these risk-based capital requirements for banks with less than $10.0 billion in assets
who elect to follow the CBLR.
The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or
paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.”
“Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The agencies
may not accept such a plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely
to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the
depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan.
The bank holding company must also provide appropriate assurances of performance. The aggregate liability of the parent holding
company is limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became
undercapitalized and (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance
15
with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository
institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it will thereafter be treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized” until such
capital deficiency is corrected.
“Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including
orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of
receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a
receiver or conservator.
The appropriate federal banking agency may, under certain circumstances, reclassify a well-capitalized insured depository
institution as adequately capitalized. The FDIA provides that an institution may be reclassified if the appropriate federal banking
agency determines (after notice and opportunity for hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or deems the
institution to be engaging in one or more unsafe or unsound practices. The appropriate agency is also permitted to require an
adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with the supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the
next lower category (but not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory
information other than the capital levels of the institution.
In addition to the “prompt corrective action” directives, failure to meet capital guidelines may subject a banking organization to a
variety of other enforcement remedies, including additional substantial restrictions on its operations and activities, termination of
deposit insurance by the FDIC and, under certain conditions, the appointment of a conservator or receiver.
For further information regarding the capital ratios and leverage ratio of us and the Bank, please refer to the discussion under the
section captioned Capital and Stockholders’ Equity included in Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and Note 15 – Regulatory Capital Requirements accompanying the consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this report.
Safety and Soundness Standards
The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal
controls, information systems and internal audit systems, cybersecurity, liquidity, data protection, loan documentation, credit
underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits
and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the federal bank
regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan
documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the
guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified
in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation
as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer,
employee, director or principal stockholder.
In addition, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been
given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after
being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an
acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order
directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action”
provisions of the FDIA. Please refer to the Prompt Corrective Action section above. If an institution fails to comply with such an
order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties and cease and desist
orders.
Deposit Insurance
The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the limits set forth under applicable law. The FDIC imposes a risk-based
deposit premium assessment system that determines assessment rates for an insured depository institution based on an assessment
rate calculator, which is based on a number of elements to measure the risk each insured depository institution poses to the FDIC
insurance fund. The assessment rate is applied to total average assets, less tangible equity, as defined under the Dodd-Frank Act.
The assessment rate schedule can change from time to time at the discretion of the FDIC, subject to certain limits. Under the
current system, premiums are assessed quarterly.
Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound
16
practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or
condition imposed by the FDIC.
Depositor Preference
The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of
depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for
administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If
an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead
of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including depositors whose deposits are payable only outside of the United States and the
parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.
Federal Home Loan Bank Membership
The Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) provides credit to its members in the form of advances. As a member of the FHLB of
Pittsburgh, the Bank must maintain an investment in the capital stock of that FHLB in an amount equal to 0.10% of the calculated
Member Asset Value (“MAV”), plus 4.0% of outstanding advances and 0.75% of outstanding letters of credit. The MAV is
determined by taking line item values for various investment and loan classes and applying an FHLB haircut to each item. At
December 31, 2021, the Bank held capital stock of FHLB in the amount of $1.8 million.
Federal and State Consumer Laws
We are subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern the relationships between us, the
Bank and the Bank's customers. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in
Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home
Mortgage Disclosure Act (“HMDA”), the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection
Practices Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act and these federal laws’ respective state-law counterparts, as well as state
usury laws and state and federal laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices. These and other federal laws, among other
things, require disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit
discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit
unfair, deceptive and abusive practices, restrict our and the Bank's ability to raise interest rates and subject us and the Bank to
substantial regulatory oversight. Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant potential liability from
litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees. Federal bank regulators, state attorneys
general and state and local consumer protection agencies may also seek to enforce consumer protection requirements and obtain
these and other remedies, including regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by the state and local attorneys general
in each jurisdiction in which we operate and civil money penalties. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may
also result in our failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for merger or acquisition transactions we may wish to
pursue or our prohibition from engaging in such transactions even if approval is not required.
The CFPB is a federal agency responsible for implementing federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rulemaking
authority for a wide range of consumer financial laws that apply to all banks, including, among other things, the authority to
prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws
and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys
general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations. The CFPB also has examination and
enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets, as well as their affiliates, which authority would not
apply to us or the Bank. As the Bank’s principal federal regulator, the FDIC has examination and enforcement authority over the
Bank.
The CFPB has concentrated much of its rulemaking efforts on a variety of mortgage-related topics required under the Dodd-Frank
Act, including mortgage origination disclosures, minimum underwriting standards and ability to repay, high-cost mortgage
lending and servicing practices. The CFPB issued final rules changing the reporting requirements for lenders under the HMDA.
The new rules expand the range of transactions subject to these requirements to include most securitized residential mortgage
loans and credit lines. The rules also increase the overall amount of data required to be collected and submitted, including
additional data points about the loans and borrowers. The expanded data is being collected as of January 1, 2018.
17
Financial Privacy
Federal law currently contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions, including substantial customer privacy
protections provided under the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (commonly known as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley
Act). Under these provisions, a financial institution must provide to its customers, at the inception of the customer relationship
and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal
financial information. These provisions also provide that, except for certain limited exceptions, an institution may not provide
such personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that such information may be
so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. Federal law makes it a criminal offense,
except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or
deceptive means. In December 2015, Congress amended the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act privacy provisions to include an exception
under which a financial institution is not required to provide annual privacy notices to customers if such financial institution meets
certain conditions. In August 2018, the CFPB finalized a rule implementing this provision and that rule became effective
September 17, 2018.
Automated Overdraft Payment Regulation
Federal regulators have adopted consumer protection regulations and guidance related to automated overdraft payment programs
offered by financial institutions. Regulation E prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts
on automated teller machine and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service
for those types of transactions. Financial institutions must also provide consumers with a notice that explains the financial
institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service and the consumer’s choices. In addition, FDIC-
supervised institutions must monitor overdraft payment programs for “excessive or chronic” customer use and undertake
“meaningful and effective” follow-up action with customers that overdraw their accounts more than six times during a rolling 12-
month period. Financial institutions must also impose daily limits on overdraft charges, review and modify check-clearing
procedures, prominently distinguish account balances from available overdraft coverage amounts and ensure board and
management oversight regarding overdraft payment programs.
Community Reinvestment Act
The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their
market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practice. Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet
the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low- and moderate-income individuals and
communities. The CRA requires the Bank’s primary federal bank regulatory agency, the FDIC, to assess the Bank’s record in
meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the Bank, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods and
persons. Institutions are assigned one of four ratings: (i) “Outstanding,” (ii) “Satisfactory,” (iii) “Needs to Improve” or (iv)
“Substantial Noncompliance.”
In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHCA, or to acquire any company
engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding
company must have received a rating of at least “Satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the CRA. Furthermore,
banking regulators take into account CRA ratings when considering a request for an approval of a proposed transaction to
consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of an insured depository institution, or to open or relocate a branch
office.
Cybersecurity
In March 2015, federal regulators issued two related statements regarding cybersecurity. One statement indicates that financial
institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their risk management
processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to reliably authenticate
customers accessing internet-based services of the financial institution. The other statement indicates that a financial institution’s
management is expected to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure the rapid recovery, resumption
and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyberattack involving destructive malware. A financial institution is also
expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations and address rebuilding network
capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyberattack. If we fail to
observe the regulatory guidance, we could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties.
In the ordinary course of business, we rely on electronic communications and information systems to conduct our operations and
18
to store sensitive data. We employ a variety of preventative and detective tools to monitor, block and provide alerts regarding
suspicious activity, as well as to report on any suspected advanced persistent threats. Notwithstanding our defensive measures, the
threat from cyberattacks is continuous and severe, attacks are sophisticated and increasing in volume and attackers respond
rapidly to changes in defensive measures. While to date we are not aware of having experienced a significant compromise,
significant data loss or any material financial losses related to cybersecurity attacks, our systems and those of our customers and
third-party service providers are under constant threat and it is possible that we could experience a significant event in the future.
Risks and exposures related to cybersecurity attacks are expected to remain high for the foreseeable future due to the rapidly
evolving nature and sophistication of these threats, as well as due to the expanding use of Internet banking, mobile banking and
other technology-based products and services by us and our customers. For further discussion of risks related to cybersecurity,
please refer to Item 1A – Risk Factors included elsewhere in this report.
Monetary Policy and Economic Conditions
The business of financial institutions is affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the policies of various
governmental regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board regulates money and credit
conditions and interest rates to influence general economic conditions primarily through open market operations in United States
government securities, changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings and changes in the reserve requirements against
depository institutions’ deposits. These policies and regulations significantly affect the overall growth and distribution of loans,
investments and deposits and the interest rates charged on loans, as well as the interest rates paid on deposit accounts.
The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions
in the past and are expected to continue to have significant effects in the future. In view of the changing conditions in the
economy and the money markets, the activities of monetary and fiscal authorities and the recent reports of a significant growth in
inflationary pressures, we cannot predict future changes in interest rates, credit availability or deposit levels.
Effect of Environmental Regulation
Our primary exposure to environmental risk is through our lending activities. In cases when management believes environmental
risk potentially exists, we mitigate our environmental risk exposures by requiring environmental site assessments at the time of
loan origination to confirm collateral quality as to commercial real estate parcels posing higher than normal potential for
environmental impact, as determined by reference to present and past uses of the subject property and adjacent sites.
Environmental assessments are typically required prior to any foreclosure activity involving non-residential real estate collateral.
With regard to residential real estate lending, management reviews those loans with inherent environmental risk on an individual
basis and makes decisions based on the dollar amount of the loan and the materiality of the specific credit. We do not currently
anticipate any material effect on anticipated capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position as a result of compliance with
federal, state or local environmental protection laws or regulations. The recent focus on environmental, sustainable and
governance and climate change considerations in the business community and among our and the Bank's other constituents may
over time affect our and the Bank's approach to evaluating and addressing environmental risk.
Other Regulatory Matters
We are subject to examinations and investigations by federal and state banking regulators, as well as the SEC, various taxing
authorities and various state regulators. We periodically receive requests for information from regulatory authorities in various
states, including state insurance commissions and state attorneys general, securities regulators and other regulatory authorities,
concerning our business and accounting practices. Such requests are considered incidental to the normal conduct of business.
Future Legislation and Regulation
From time to time, Congress may enact legislation that affects the regulation of the financial services industry and state
legislatures may enact legislation affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in those states. Federal
and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which
existing regulations are applied. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof,
cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed legislation could impact the regulatory structure under which we operate
and may significantly increase costs, impede the efficiency of internal business processes, require an increase in regulatory
capital, require modifications to our business strategy or limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner.
A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to us or any of our subsidiaries could have a material, adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
19
Corporate and Available Information
We file reports with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on
Form 8-K and any other filings required by the SEC. We make available through our website (http://www.mvbbanking.com), free
of charge, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all
amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the
SEC. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other
report or document we file with the SEC.
The public may read and copy any materials we file with or furnish to the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F
Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling
the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information
statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
20
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Please carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information included or incorporated by reference in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock
could decline significantly. Other factors that could affect our financial condition and operations are discussed in the Forward-
Looking Statements at the beginning of this report.
Risks Related to Economic and Market Conditions
We may continue to face risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic.
The full impact of COVID-19 is unknown and rapidly evolving, including recent acceleration of the spread of the Delta and
Omicron variants. The outbreak and any preventative or protective actions that we or our clients may take in respect of the virus
may result in a period of disruption, including our financial reporting capabilities and our operations, and could potentially impact
our clients, providers and third parties. The spread of COVID-19 has caused illness, quarantines, cancellation of events and travel,
business and school shutdowns, reduction in overall business activity and financial transactions, supply chain disruptions and
overall economic and financial market instability. In response to the pandemic, many states, including those where we primarily
operate, have taken preventative and protective actions to limit or forego time outside of their homes and ordering temporary
closures of businesses that have been deemed to be non-essential.
The COVID-19 pandemic had an impact on our operations during fiscal years ending December 31, 2020 and 2021 and we expect
that the pandemic may continue to materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations during 2022. The
extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our future operating results will depend on future developments, which are
highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the efficacy and distribution of COVID-19 vaccines and governmental actions
to contain the virus or treat its impact, among others. Banking and financial services have been designated essential businesses;
therefore, our operations are continuing. The ultimate effects of COVID-19 on the broader economy and the markets that we serve
are not fully known, nor is the ultimate length of the restrictions described above and any accompanying effects, including lower
stock prices for many companies. These factors could result in further decline in demand for banking products and services and
could negatively impact, among other things, liquidity, regulatory capital and future growth.
In March 2020, we announced programs and precautions to protect and support our customers and employees during the
COVID-19 pandemic. A number of borrowers have enrolled in programs to defer all loan payments for periods up to six months.
These programs may negatively impact revenue and other results of operations in the near term and, if not effective in mitigating
the effect of COVID-19 to clients, may adversely affect the business and results of operations more substantially over a longer
period of time.
There are no comparable recent events that provide guidance as to the effect the geographic spread of COVID-19 as a global
pandemic, nor are there historical indicators to rely on in terms of how the markets will react. Even after COVID-19 has subsided,
we may continue to experience materially adverse impacts to our business as a result of the virus’ global economic impact,
including the availability of credit, adverse impacts on liquidity and any recession that has occurred or may occur in the future. As
a result, the ultimate impact of the pandemic is highly uncertain and subject to change.
Our business depends upon the general economic conditions of the State of West Virginia and the Commonwealth of
Virginia, and may be adversely affected by downturns in these and the other local economies in which we operate.
Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of
outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services we
offer, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets where we operate, including the State of West Virginia,
the Commonwealth of Virginia and the United States as a whole. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by,
among other factors, economic growth, efficient capital markets, low inflation, low unemployment, high business and investor
confidence and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in
economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of
credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; high unemployment; natural disasters; or a combination of these or other
factors.
Continued economic pressure on consumers and uncertainty regarding continuing economic improvement may result in changes
21
in consumer and business spending, borrowing and savings habits. Such conditions, combined with continued oil price volatility,
could have a material adverse effect on the credit quality of our loans and our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of West Virginia and Virginia and the specific local markets in
which we operate. Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, we provide banking and
financial services primarily to customers across West Virginia and Virginia. The local economic conditions in these areas have a
significant impact on the demand for our products and services, as well as the ability of our customers to repay loans, the value of
the collateral securing loans and the stability of our deposit funding sources. Moreover, approximately 37.0% of the securities in
our municipal securities portfolio were issued by political subdivisions or agencies within West Virginia and Virginia. A
significant decline in general economic conditions in West Virginia or Virginia, whether caused by recession, inflation,
unemployment, changes in crude oil prices, changes in securities markets, acts of terrorism, outbreak of hostilities or other
international or domestic occurrences or other factors could impact these local economic conditions and, in turn, have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A significant portion of our loans are secured by real estate concentrated in the State of West Virginia and the
Commonwealth of Virginia, which may adversely affect our earnings and capital if real estate values decline.
Nearly 62.9% of our total loans are real estate interests (residential, non-residential including both owner-occupied and
investment real estate and construction and land development) mainly concentrated in West Virginia and Virginia, a relatively
small geographic area. As a result, declining real estate values in these markets could negatively impact the value of the real estate
collateral securing such loans. If we are required to liquidate a significant amount of collateral during a period of reduced real
estate values in satisfaction of any non-performing or defaulted loans, our earnings and capital could be adversely affected.
Severe weather (including climate change), natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics, acts of war or terrorism or other
external events could have significant effects on our business.
Our business is subject to risk from external events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to
repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue
and/or cause additional expenses. Although management has established disaster recovery and business continuity policies and
procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
Climate change exposes us to physical risk as its effects may lead to more frequent shifts in weather patterns and more extreme
weather events that could damage, destroy or otherwise impact the value or productivity of our properties and other assets; reduce
the availability of insurance to cover losses; and/or disrupt our operations through prolonged outages. Such events and long-term
shifts may also have a significant impact on our customers, which could amplify credit risk by diminishing borrowers’ repayment
capacity or collateral values, and other businesses and counterparties with whom we transact, which could have a broader impact
on the economy, supply chains and distribution networks.
Furthermore, banking regulators and other supervisory authorities, investors and other stakeholders have increasingly viewed
financial institutions as important in helping to address the risks related to climate change both directly and with respect to their
customers, which may result in financial institutions coming under increased pressure regarding the disclosure and management
of their climate risks and related lending and investment activities. Given that climate change could impose systemic risks upon
the financial sector, either via disruptions in economic activity resulting from the physical impacts of climate change or changes
in policies as the economy transitions to a less carbon-intensive environment, we face regulatory risk of increasing focus on our
resilience to climate-related risks, including in the context of stress testing for various climate stress scenarios. Ongoing
legislative or regulatory changes regarding climate risk management and practices may result in higher regulatory, compliance,
credit and reputational risks and costs.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our non-residential real estate loans expose us to greater risks of non-payment and loss than residential mortgage
loans, which may cause us to increase our allowance for loan losses, which would reduce net income.
At December 31, 2021, $1.54 billion, or approximately 82%, of our loan portfolio consisted of non-residential real estate and
other non-residential loans. Non-residential real estate and other non-residential loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of
22
non-payment and loss than residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation
of the property and the income stream of the borrowers. Such loans expose us to additional risks because they typically are made
on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayments from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and are secured by
collateral that may depreciate over time. These loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of
related borrowers compared to residential mortgage loans. Because such loans generally entail greater risk than residential
mortgage loans, we may need to increase our allowance for loan losses in the future to account for the likely increase in probable
incurred credit losses associated with the growth of such loans, which would reduce net income. Also, many of our non-
residential real estate borrowers have more than one loan outstanding. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one
loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with
respect to a residential mortgage loan.
Our investment in sub-prime automobile loans expose us to greater risks of non-payment, which may cause us to
increase our allowance for loan losses, which would reduce net income.
As of December 31, 2021, our loan portfolio consisted of $41.5 million of sub-prime automobile loans. Considering the higher
interest rates of sub-prime automobile loans and lower credit ratings of sub-prime borrowers, these types of loans are generally
considered to have a greater risk of delinquency and non-payment than conforming loans and may require greater provisions for
loan losses. We have experienced slight increases in delinquencies or non-payment in this portfolio compared to our other
automobile loans and our loan portfolio may be adversely affected if we continue to experience an increase in delinquencies or
non-payment. Consequently, we could sustain loan losses and be required to establish a higher provision for loan losses.
Our allowance for loan losses could become inadequate and reduce earnings and capital.
The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses that it believes is adequate for absorbing the estimated future losses inherent in
its loan portfolio. Management conducts a periodic review and consideration of the loan portfolio to determine the amount of the
allowance for loan losses based upon general market conditions, credit quality of the loan portfolio and performance of the Bank’s
clients relative to their financial obligations with it. However, the amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic
and other market conditions, including changes in interest rates and collateral values, which are beyond the Bank’s control, and
these future losses may exceed its current estimates. Management performs stress tests on the loan portfolios to estimate future
loan losses, but additional provisions for loan losses could be required in the future, including as a result of changes in the
economic assumptions underlying management’s estimates and judgments, adverse developments in the economy on a national
basis or in the Bank’s market area or changes in the circumstances of particular borrowers. We cannot predict with certainty the
amount of losses or guarantee that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb future losses in the loan portfolio. Excessive
loan losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
The earnings from our investment in ICM will be significantly reduced if ICM is not able to sell mortgages.
The profitability of ICM depends in large part upon its ability to originate a high volume of loans and to sell them in the
secondary market. Thus, ICM is dependent upon (i) the existence of an active secondary market and (ii) its ability to sell loans
into that market. Volatile interest rate environments could increase this risk initially. However, past performance supports our
ability to fund the increase in ICM's production.
ICM’s ability to readily sell mortgage loans is dependent upon the availability of an active secondary market for single-family
mortgage loans, which in turn depends in part upon the continuation of programs currently offered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac
and other institutional and non-institutional investors. These entities account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in
residential mortgage loans. Some of the largest participants in the secondary market, including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, are
government-sponsored enterprises with substantial market influence whose activities are governed by federal law. Any future
changes in laws that significantly affect the activity of these government-sponsored enterprises and other institutional and non-
institutional investors or any impairment of the ICM's ability to participate in such programs could, in turn, adversely affect our
results of operations.
Our largest source of revenue (net interest income) is subject to interest rate risk.
The Bank’s financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by changes in interest rates. The Bank’s
earnings depend primarily upon its net interest income, which is the difference between its interest income earned on its interest-
earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and its interest expense paid on its interest-bearing liabilities, consisting of
deposits and borrowings. Moreover, the loans included in our interest-earning assets are primarily comprised of variable and
adjustable rate loans. Net interest income is subject to interest rate risk in the following ways:
23
l In general, for a given change in interest rates, the amount of change in value (positive or negative) is larger for assets and
liabilities with longer remaining maturities. The shape of the yield curve may affect new loan yields, funding costs and
investment income differently.
l The remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as payment behavior changes in response to
changes in interest rates. For example, if interest rates decline sharply, loans may prepay, or pay down, faster than anticipated,
thus reducing future cash flows and interest income. Conversely, if interest rates increase, depositors may cash in their
certificates of deposit prior to maturity (notwithstanding any applicable early withdrawal penalties) or otherwise reduce their
deposits to pursue higher yielding investment alternatives.
l Re-pricing frequencies and maturity profiles for assets and liabilities may occur at different times. For example, in a falling
rate environment, if assets re-price faster than liabilities, there will be an initial decline in earnings. Moreover, if assets and
liabilities re-price at the same time, they may not be by the same increment. For instance, if the federal funds rate increased 50
basis points, rates on demand deposits may rise by ten basis points; whereas rates on prime-based loans will instantly rise 50
basis points.
In March 2020, the Federal Reserve reduced the target federal funds rate and announced a $700 billion quantitative easing
program in response to the expected economic downturn caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and reduced the interest it pays on
excess reserves. Any prolonged reduction in interest rates is likely to continue to have an adverse effect on our net interest income
and margins and our profitability. The impact of the prolonged low rates will also continue to affect rate spreads and return on
earning assets.
Notwithstanding the current rate environment, the Federal Reserve has indicated that it may begin to increase rates, limit its
quantitative easing program and reduce its balance sheet of bonds and other assets in 2022, but will do so with the goal of
avoiding abrupt or unpredictable changes in economic or financial conditions so as not to disrupt the financial systems, also
known as “shocks.” Despite this, the impact of these changes cannot be certain. Vulnerabilities in the financial system can
amplify the impact of an initial shock following rate increases, potentially leading to unintended volatility, as well to disruptions
in the provision of financial services, such as clearing payments, the provision of liquidity and the availability of credit. Financial
instruments do not respond in a parallel fashion to rising or falling interest rates. Given the interconnectedness of the global
financial system, these vulnerabilities could impact our business operations and financial condition. Furthermore, any asymmetry
in the magnitude of changes to net interest income, net economic value and investment income resulting from the hypothetical
increases and decreases in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Interest rate risk is more fully
described in Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk included elsewhere in this report.
Continued elevated levels of inflation could adversely impact our business and results of operations.
The United States has recently experienced elevated levels of inflation. Continued levels of inflation could have complex effects
on our business and results of operations, some of which could be materially adverse. For example, if interest rates were to rise in
response to, or as a result of, elevated levels of inflation, the value of our securities portfolio would be negatively impacted. In
addition, while we generally expect any inflation-related increases in our interest expense to be offset by increases in our interest
revenue, inflation-driven increases in our levels of non-interest expense could negatively impact our results of operations.
Continued elevated levels of inflation could also cause increased volatility and uncertainty in the business environment, which
could adversely affect loan demand and our clients’ ability to repay indebtedness. It is also possible that governmental responses
to the current inflation environment could adversely affect our business, such as changes to monetary and fiscal policy that are too
strict, or the imposition or threatened imposition of price controls. The duration and severity of the current inflationary period
cannot be estimated with precision.
We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have
exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial
services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional clients. Many of
these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be
exacerbated when the collateral held cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the
credit or derivative exposure due. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
24
We operate in a highly competitive industry and market area and failure to effectively compete could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger
and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional and community banks within the
various markets where we operate. We also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without
limitation, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other financial
intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and
technological changes and continued consolidation. Also, technology and other changes have lowered barriers to entry and made
it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. For example, consumers can maintain
funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also
complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of
eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of
customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. Further, many of our competitors have fewer regulatory
constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve
economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services, as well as better pricing for those products
and services than we can.
Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:
l Ability to develop, maintain and build long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards
and safe, sound assets;
l Ability to expand our market position;
l Scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;
l Rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;
l Customer satisfaction with our level of service; and
l Industry and general economic trends.
Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our
growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our gaming initiative has contributed significantly to an increase in our noninterest bearing deposits, which has
driven the Bank’s funding costs to levels that may not be sustainable.
Our gaming initiative has contributed significantly to an increase in our noninterest bearing deposits, and has allowed us to
generate attractive returns on lower risk assets through increased investments in securities and loan growth. We have increased
our noninterest bearing deposits as a percentage of total deposits from 10.9% as of December 31, 2017 to 47.1% as of
December 31, 2021, an increase that is largely attributable to our gaming initiative. Our future growth may be adversely impacted
if we are unable to retain and grow this strong, low-cost deposit base. There may be competitive pressures to pay higher interest
rates on deposits to our gaming customers, which could increase funding costs and compress net interest margins. Further, even if
we are otherwise able to grow and maintain our noninterest bearing deposit base, our deposit balances may still decrease if our
gaming customers are offered more attractive returns from our competitors. If our gaming customers withdraw deposits, we could
lose a low cost source of funds which would likely increase our funding costs and reduce our net interest income and net interest
margin. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future.
As of December 31, 2021, we had $6.3 million of goodwill and other intangible assets. A significant decline in our expected
future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or a significant and sustained decline
in the price of our common stock may necessitate taking charges in the future related to the impairment of our goodwill and other
intangible assets. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets is necessary, we would
record the appropriate charge, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Transition away from LIBOR may adversely impact the Bank, as well as the value of, and the return on, our financial
instruments that are indexed to LIBOR.
25
The United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced in July 2017 that it will no longer
persuade or compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. This
announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. In
November 2020, the LIBOR administrator published a consultation regarding its intention to delay the date on which it will cease
publication of United States dollar LIBOR from December 31, 2021 to June 30, 2023 for the most common tenors of United
States dollar LIBOR, including the three-month LIBOR, but indicated no new contracts using United States dollar LIBOR should
be entered into after December 31, 2021. End dates for LIBOR have now been set, and United States regulators have issued
guidance as of October 2021 that urges market participants to address their existing LIBOR exposures and transition to robust and
sustainable alternative rates by December 31, 2021. Although the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (“ARRC”) has
announced the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as its recommended alternative to LIBOR, SOFR may not gain
market acceptance or be widely used as a benchmark rate, and ARRC has advised market participants to conduct a comprehensive
evaluation of any alternative reference rates being considered for use.
There is no assurance of how long LIBOR of any currency or tenor will continue to be published. It is impossible to predict
whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the administrator of LIBOR, whether LIBOR
rates will cease to be published before December 31, 2021 or June 30, 2023, as applicable, or whether any additional reforms to
LIBOR may be enacted in the United Kingdom or elsewhere.
The transition from LIBOR could create considerable costs and additional risk. Since proposed alternative rates are calculated
differently, payments under contracts referencing new rates will differ from those referencing LIBOR. The uncertainty or
differences in the calculation of applicable interest rates or payment amounts depending on the terms of governing instruments
and may also increase operational and other risks to us and the industry.
The transition may change the Bank’s market risk profiles, requiring changes to risk and pricing models, valuation tools, product
design and hedging strategies. Furthermore, failure to adequately manage this transition process with customers could adversely
impact the Bank’s reputation or could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. The Bank could be subject to disputes or litigation with counterparties regarding the interpretation and enforceability
of provisions in existing LIBOR-based fallback language or other related provisions, as the economics of various alternative
reference rates differ from LIBOR.
New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.
We are focused on our long-term growth and have undertaken various new business initiatives, many of which involve activities
that are new to it, or in some cases, are in the early stages of development. From time to time, we may develop, grow and/or
acquire new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and
uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets for these products and services are not fully
developed.
For example, we are involved in new innovative strategies to provide independent banking to corporate clients throughout the
United States by leveraging recent investments in Fintech. Our evolving business and product diversification, these new initiatives
may subject us to, among other risks, increased business, reputational and operational risk, as well as more complex legal,
regulatory and compliance costs and risks. Furthermore, the Bank has several large depositor relationships that are concentrated in
the Fintech industry and the loss of any relationship could force us to fund our business through more expensive and less stable
sources. Also, the Bank is engaged in relationships with clients in the payments, digital savings, cryptocurrency, crowd funding,
lottery and gaming industries and any change in regulations could impact us from both an operational and regulatory perspective.
In addition to new lines of business, we have strategies to acquire and internally develop technologies in order to scale and
diversify our banking capabilities. There may be significant costs to acquire and/or develop such technologies and there is no
certainty as to the timing for these investments to become profitable, if at all.
In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, we may invest significant time and
resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may
not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations,
competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business
or a new product or service. For example, as we expand our banking-as-a-service business and consider entering into other
services, there may be heightened regulatory scrutiny of consumer compliance, including clear and transparent account
origination and servicing user experiences and disclosures, such as modifications to consumer products or disclosures required by
26
the CFPB.
Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our
system of internal controls. All service offerings, including current offerings and those which may be provided in the future, may
become more risky due to changes in economic, competitive and market conditions beyond our control. Failure to successfully
manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our investments in Fintech companies and initiatives subject us to material financial, reputational and strategic risks.
Our investments in various Fintech companies have had a significant impact on our results of operations, and we anticipate they
will continue to have a significant impact on our results of operations in the future. Any investments where we have the ability to
exercise significant influence, but not control over the operating and financial policies of the investee, are accounted for using the
equity method of accounting. For investments accounted for under the equity method, we increase or decrease our investment by
our proportionate share of the investee’s net income or loss. Any investments where we are not able to exercise significant
influence over the investee are accounted for under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-01, where changes in fair value
resulting from observable price changes arising from orderly transactions are recognized in net income. We also periodically
evaluate our investments for impairment. Please refer to Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, accompanying the
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for more information.
Any earnings from our Fintech investments can be volatile and difficult to predict. Our 2021 earnings include gains from this
portfolio. Such gains in this portfolio may not be sustainable and deterioration in the value of these investments could result in
losses. Furthermore, we invest in many of these Fintech companies for strategic purposes. Where we are a minority shareholder,
we may be unable to influence the activities of these organizations, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to execute
our strategic initiatives and successfully develop and implement the banking platform we are developing with these and other
partners.
Potential acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute stockholder value.
We generally seeks merger or acquisition partners that are culturally similar, have experienced management and possess either
significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale or
expanded services. Acquiring other banks, businesses or branches involves various risks commonly associated with acquisitions,
including, among other things:
l Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company;
l Exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company;
l Potential disruption to our business;
l Potential diversion of management’s time and attention;
l Possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company;
l Difficulty in estimating the value of the target company; and
l Potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company.
Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and therefore, some dilution of our
tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. Furthermore, failure
to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence and/or other projected benefits
from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to liquidity risk, which could disrupt the ability to meet our financial obligations.
Liquidity refers to the ability of us to ensure sufficient levels of cash to fund operations, such as meeting deposit withdrawals,
funding loan commitments, paying expenses and meeting periodic payment obligations under certain subordinated debentures
issued by us in connection with the issuance of floating rate redeemable trust preferred securities. The source of the funds for our
debt obligations is dependent on the Bank.
Any significant restriction or disruption of our ability to obtain funding from these or other sources could have a negative effect
on our ability to satisfy our current and future financial obligations, which could materially affect our financial condition.
27
Limited availability of borrowings and liquidity from the FHLB system and other sources could negatively impact
earnings.
The Bank is currently a member bank of the FHLB of Pittsburgh. Membership in this system of quasi-governmental, regional
home loan oriented agency banks allows it to participate in various programs offered by the FHLB. The Bank borrows funds from
the FHLB, which are secured by a blanket lien on certain residential and commercial mortgage loans, and if applicable,
investment securities with collateral values in excess of the outstanding balances. Current and future earnings shortfalls and
minimum capital requirements of the FHLB may impact the collateral necessary to secure borrowings and limit the borrowings
extended to their member banks, as well as require additional capital contributions by member banks. Should this occur, the
Bank's short-term liquidity needs could be negatively impacted. If the Bank were restricted from using FHLB advances due to
weakness in the system or with the FHLB of Pittsburgh, it may be forced to find alternative funding sources. If the Bank is
required to rely more heavily on higher cost funding sources, revenues may not increase proportionately to cover these costs,
which would adversely affect results of operations and financial position.
Interruption to our information systems or breaches in security, including as a result of cyberattacks or other cyber
incidents, could adversely affect the our operations or otherwise harm our business.
We rely on information systems and communications for operating and monitoring all major aspects of business, as well as
internal management functions. Any failure, interruption, intrusion or breach in security of these systems could result in failures
or disruptions in the customer relationship, management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems.
There have been several cyberattacks on websites of large financial services companies. Even if not directed at us specifically,
attacks on other entities with whom we do business, or on whom we otherwise rely, or attacks on financial or other institutions
important to the overall functioning of the financial system could adversely affect, directly or indirectly, aspects of our business.
Cyberattacks on third-party retailers or other business establishments that widely accept debit card or check payments could
compromise sensitive Bank customer information, such as debit card and account numbers. Such an attack could result in
significant costs to the Bank, such as costs to reimburse customers, reissue debit cards and open new customer accounts.
In addition, there have been efforts on the part of third parties to breach data security at financial institutions, including through
the use of social engineering schemes such as “phishing.” The ability of customers to bank remotely, including online and through
mobile devices, requires secure transmission of confidential information and increases the risk of data security breaches. Because
the techniques used to attack financial services company communications and information systems change frequently (and
generally increase in sophistication), attacks are often not recognized until launched against a target and we may be unable to
address these techniques in advance of attacks, including by implementing adequate preventative measures. We may also be
unable to prevent attacks that are supported by foreign governments or other well-financed entities and that may originate from
less regulated and remote areas of the world.
The occurrence of any such failure, disruption or security breach of our information systems, particularly if widespread or
resulting in financial losses to our customers, could damage our reputation and our relationships with our partners and customers,
result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and expose us to civil litigation and possible
financial liability. These risks could have a material effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We continually encounter technological change and failure to continually adapt to such change could materially
impact our financial condition and results of operations.
The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new
technology-driven products and services. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of customers
by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional
efficiencies in operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements.
We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these
products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial
services industry could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, or deposit funds electronically with
banks having no branches within our market area, which could affect net income.
28
Technology and other changes allow parties to complete financial transactions without banks. For example, consumers can pay
bills and transfer funds directly without banks. Consumers can also shop for higher deposit interest rates at banks across the
country, which may offer higher rates because they have few or no physical branches and open deposit accounts electronically.
This process could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of client deposits and the income generated from those
deposits, in addition to increasing funding costs.
Our operations rely on certain external vendors who may not perform in a satisfactory manner.
We are reliant upon certain external vendors to provide products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations.
Accordingly, our operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with applicable contractual
arrangements or service level agreements. We maintain a system of policies and procedures designed to monitor vendor risks
including, among other things, (i) changes in the vendor’s organizational structure; (ii) changes in the vendor’s financial
condition; and (iii) changes in the vendor’s support for existing products and services. The failure of an external vendor to
perform in accordance with applicable contractual arrangements or the service level agreements could be disruptive to operations,
which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose
on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found
on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal
injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the
affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent
interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase exposure to environmental liability.
Environmental reviews of real property before initiating foreclosure actions may not be sufficient to detect all potential
environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and
counterparties which, if inaccurate, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of
operations.
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of
customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. We may also rely on
representations of those customers, counterparties or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and
completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial
information could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are at risk for an adverse impact on business due to damage to our reputation.
Our ability to compete effectively, to attract and retain customers and employees, and to grow our business is dependent on
maintaining our reputation and having the trust of our customers and employees. Many types of developments, if publicized, can
negatively impact a company’s reputation with adverse consequences to our business.
To an increasing extent, financial services companies, including us, may face criticism for engaging in business with specific
customers or with customers in particular industries, where the customers’ activities, even if legal, are perceived as having
harmful impacts on matters such as environment, consumer health and safety or society at large. Criticism can come in many
forms, including for providing banking services to companies engaged in, for example, the gaming industry or cryptocurrency.
Many of these issues are divisive without broad agreement as to the appropriate steps a company should take and often with
strong feelings on both sides. As a result, however we respond to such criticism, we expose ourselves to the risks that current or
potential customers decline to do business with us or current or potential employees refuse to work for us. This can be true
regardless of whether we are perceived by some as not having done enough to address concerns or by others as having
inappropriately yielded to pressures. This pressure can also be a factor in decisions as to which business opportunities and
customers we pursue, potentially resulting in foregone profit opportunities.
We may also face criticism in response to changes in overall strategic direction, the addition of new lines of business, the exit of
current lines of business or with openings or closures of certain banking centers.
29
We have customers in the Cryptocurrency industry, a new and rapidly evolving industry, which creates uncertainty
around risk and regulations.
We engage with clients in the cryptocurrency industry. Cryptocurrency markets and related stocks have been, and are expected to
continue to be, volatile and may be influenced by a wide variety of factors, including speculative activity. This volatility may
materially impact us if our clients experience significant losses and we lose their business. This volatility may also materially
impact our financial statements and thus affect our common stock market price. The SEC and Treasury have continued to focus
on registration for certain digital assets and reporting of transactions to the IRS. Any change in regulations could impact us from
both an operational and regulatory perspective.
Changes in card network rules or standards could adversely affect our business.
We provide merchant services through the third-party business model in which we process credit and debit card transactions on
behalf of merchants. In order to provide such merchant services, we are members of the Visa and MasterCard card brand
networks. As such, we are subject to card network rules that could subject us or our merchants to a variety of fines or penalties
that may be assessed on us and our merchants. The termination of our membership or any changes in card network rules or
standards could increase the cost of operating our merchant servicer business or limit our ability to provide merchant services to
or through our customers, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to the Legal and Regulatory Environment
Changes in tax law may adversely affect our performance and create the risk that we may need to adjust our
accounting for these changes.
We are subject to extensive federal, state and local taxes, including income, excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise, withholding and
ad valorem taxes. Changes to our taxes could have a material adverse effect on our performance. In addition, customers are
subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local taxes. Changes in taxes paid by customers may adversely affect their ability to
purchase homes or consumer products, which could adversely affect their demand for loans and deposit products. In addition,
such negative effects on customers could result in defaults on the loans and decrease the value of mortgage-backed securities in
which we have invested.
We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision and possible enforcement and other legal actions
that could detrimentally affect our business.
We, primarily through the Bank and certain non-bank subsidiaries, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and
supervision, which vests a significant amount of discretion in the various regulatory authorities. Banking regulations are primarily
intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not security holders.
These regulations and supervisory guidance affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy
and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and
policies for possible changes. The Dodd-Frank Act instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory
regimes. Other changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies or supervisory guidance, including changes in interpretation
or implementation of statutes, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways.
Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase
the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws,
regulations, policies or supervisory guidance could result in enforcement and other legal actions by Federal or state authorities,
including criminal and civil penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, the revocation of a banking charter, other sanctions by
regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputational damage. In this regard, government authorities, including the bank
regulatory agencies, are pursuing aggressive enforcement actions with respect to compliance and other legal matters involving
financial activities, which heightens the risks associated with actual and perceived compliance failures. Any of the foregoing
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
For further detail, please refer to the sections captioned Supervision and Regulation included in Item 1 – Business and Note 15 –
Regulatory Capital Requirements accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
30
Failure to meet any of the various capital adequacy guidelines which we are subject to could adversely affect our
operations and could compromise our status as a financial holding company.
We and the Bank are required to meet certain regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements imposed
by the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the United States Department of Treasury. If we or the Bank fail to meet these
minimum capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, our financial condition and results of operations would be
materially and adversely affected and could compromise our status as a financial holding company. Please refer to the sections
captioned Supervision and Regulation – Capital Requirements included in Item 1 – Business and Note 15 – Regulatory Capital
Requirements accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report, for detailed capital guidelines
for bank holding companies and banks.
We are a financial holding company and our sources of funds are limited.
We are a financial holding company and our operations are primarily conducted by the Bank, which is subject to significant
federal and state regulation. Cash available to pay dividends to shareholders of us is derived primarily from dividends paid by the
Bank. As a result, our ability to receive dividends or loans from the Bank is restricted. Under federal law, the payment of
dividends by the Bank is subject to capital adequacy requirements. The Federal Reserve Board and/or the FDIC prohibit a
dividend payment by us or the Bank that would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Please refer to the sections captioned
Supervision and Regulation – Limit on Dividends included in Item 1 – Business and Note 15 – Regulatory Capital Requirements
accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
The inability of the Bank to generate profits and pay such dividends to us, or regulator restrictions on the payment of such
dividends to us even if earned, would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and our ability to
pay dividends to our shareholders.
In addition, since we are a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, our right to participate in the distribution of assets of
the Bank upon the Bank’s liquidation, reorganization or otherwise will be subject to the prior claims of the Bank’s creditors,
which will generally take priority over the Bank’s shareholders.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies.
Shares of our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market in December 2017 under the symbol “MVBF” and were
previously traded on the OTC Bulletin Board. There has been limited trading in our shares over the last 12 months. If limited
trading in our common stock continues, it may be difficult for investors to sell such shares in the public market at any given time
at prevailing prices. Also, the sale of a large block of our common stock could depress the market price of the common stock to a
greater degree than a company that typically has a higher volume of trading of our securities.
If we are unable to maintain compliance with Nasdaq listing requirements, our stock could be delisted, and the
trading price, volume and marketability of the stock could be adversely affected.
There can be no assurances that we will be able to maintain compliance with Nasdaq’s present listing standards, or that Nasdaq
will not implement additional listing standards with which we will be unable to comply. Failure to maintain compliance with
Nasdaq listing requirements could result in the delisting of our shares from trading on the Nasdaq system, which could have a
material adverse effect on the trading price, volume and marketability of the common stock.
Our stock price can be volatile.
Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for shareholders to resell their common stock when they want and at prices they
find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:
l actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations;
l recommendations by securities analysts;
l operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;
l news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry;
l perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors;
31
l new technology used, or services offered, by competitors;
l significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or
involving us or our competitors;
l failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions;
l changes in government regulations; and
l geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.
General market fluctuations, including real or anticipated changes in the strength of the economies we serve; industry factors and
general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions; interest rate changes, crude oil
price volatility or credit loss trends could also cause our stock price to decrease, regardless of operating results.
Our ability to pay dividends is not certain and we may be unable to pay future dividends. As a result, capital
appreciation, if any, of our common stock may be shareholders' sole opportunity for gains on their investment for the
foreseeable future.
Our ability to pay dividends in the future is not certain. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the
discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements,
financial condition, future prospects, regulatory restrictions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. The
holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, and if declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally
available for that purpose. As part of our consideration of whether to pay cash dividends, we intend to retain adequate funds from
future earnings to support the development and growth of our business. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is restricted by
federal policies and regulations and by the terms of our existing indebtedness. It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that
bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of net income available over the past year and only
if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. For further
information, please refer to the section captioned Supervision and Regulation – Limit on Dividends in Item 1 – Business included
elsewhere in this report.
General Risk Factors
We are exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
We are required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. At December 31, 2021, we have no material
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting; however, a material weakness could occur in the future. A “material
weakness” is a control deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies that results in more than a remote likelihood that a
material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. If we fail to maintain a
system of internal control over financial reporting that meets the requirements of Section 404, we may be subject to sanctions or
investigation by regulatory authorities. Additionally, failure to comply with Section 404 or the report we provide of a material
weakness may cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements and our stock price may be adversely affected. If we
fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate, we may not have access to the capital markets,
and our stock price may be adversely affected.
The value of the securities in ours investment securities portfolio may be negatively affected by disruptions in
securities markets.
Due to credit and liquidity risks and economic volatility, making the determination of the value of a securities portfolio is less
certain. A decline in market value associated with these disruptions could result in other-than-temporary or permanent
impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges which could have a material negative effect on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations.
Our accounting policies and estimates are critical to how we report our financial condition and results of operations,
and any changes to such accounting policies and estimates could materially affect how we report our financial
condition and results of operations.
Accounting policies and estimates are fundamental to how our records and reports our financial condition and results of
operations. Our management makes judgments and assumptions in selecting and adopting various accounting policies and in
32
applying estimates so that such policies and estimates comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
Management has identified certain accounting policies as being critical because they require management’s judgment to ascertain
the valuations of assets, liabilities, commitments and contingencies. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is
obtained either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset, valuing an asset or liability or reducing a
liability. Because of the uncertainty surrounding management's judgments and the estimates pertaining to these matters, actual
outcomes may be materially different from amounts previously estimated. For example, because of the inherent uncertainty of
estimates, the Bank could need to significantly increase its allowance for loan losses if actual losses are more than the amount
reserved. Any increase in its allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we will not be required to adjust accounting policies or
restate prior financial statements. Please refer to the section captioned Allowance for Loan Losses in Item 7 – Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this report for further discussion
related to our process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.
Further, from time to time, the FASB and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the
preparation of our financial statements. Recent economic conditions have resulted in continuing scrutiny of accounting standards
by legislators and regulators, particularly as they relate to fair value accounting principles. In addition, ongoing efforts to achieve
convergence between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards may result in changes to U.S. GAAP. These
changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and reports our financial condition and results of
operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in us restating prior
period financial statements or otherwise adversely affecting our financial condition or results of operations.
Our accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models which may prove
to be inadequate or inaccurate which could result in unexpected losses, insufficient allowances for loan losses or
unexpected fluctuations in the value of our financial instruments.
The processes we use to estimate our inherent loan losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the
processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and results
of operations, depends upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. These models reflect assumptions that may not be
accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are adequate, the
models may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation. If the models
used for interest rate risk and asset-liability management are inadequate, we may incur increased or unexpected losses upon
changes in market interest rates or other market measures. If the models we use for determining our probable loan losses are
inadequate, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to support future charge-offs. If the models used to measure the
fair value of financial instruments are inadequate, the fair value of such financial instruments may fluctuate unexpectedly or may
not accurately reflect what we could realize upon sale or settlement of such financial instruments. Any such failure in our
analytical or forecasting models could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We, through the Bank, own our main office located at 301 Virginia Avenue in Fairmont, WV. Our subsidiaries own or lease
various other offices in the counties and cities in which they operate. As of December 31, 2021, we operated eight full-service
banking branches in the locations further described in Item 1 – Business included elsewhere in this report. Three of the eight full-
service banking branches are owned and the remaining five are leased.
In July 2021, we sold two Bank branch locations in Cabell County, WV, one in Kanawha County, WV, and one in Putnam
County, WV, pursuant to a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with Summit.
No one facility is material to us. Management believes that the facilities are generally in good condition and suitable for the
operations for which they are used.
33
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time in the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries may be subject to claims, asserted or unasserted or
named as a party to lawsuits or investigations. Litigation, in general, and intellectual property and securities litigation, in
particular, can be expensive and disruptive to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of legal proceedings cannot be
predicted with any certainty, and in the case of more complex legal proceedings, the results can be difficult to predict. We are not
aware of any material pending legal proceedings to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which any of their
property is the subject.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
34
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MVBF.”
As of March 9, 2022, we had approximately 857 stockholders of record.
In 2021, 2020 and 2019, we paid dividends totaling $0.51, $0.36 and $0.195, respectively, per share and currently expect that
comparable dividends will continue to be paid in the future.
The following five-year performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (assuming reinvestment of
dividends) on our common stock to the KBW Bank Index and the Russell 2000 Index. The stock performance graph assumes
$100 was invested on December 31, 2016 and the cumulative return is measured as of each subsequent fiscal year end.
Total Return Performance
e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n
I
$350
$325
$300
$275
$250
$225
$200
$175
$150
$125
$100
$75
12/31/2016
12/31/2017
12/31/2018
12/31/2019
12/31/2020
12/31/2021
Period Ending
MVB Financial Corp.
KBW Bank Index
Russell 2000
Index
MVB Financial Corp.
KBW Bank Index
Russell 2000
12/31/2016
12/31/2017
12/31/2018
12/31/2019
12/31/2020
12/31/2021
$
100.00 $
100.00
100.00
157.81 $
116.25
113.14
142.58 $
93.46
99.37
197.85 $
123.50
122.94
183.16 $
106.67
145.52
334.34
144.05
165.45
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Information about our equity compensation plan is disclosed below under Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
35
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
In April 2021, the Bank acquired a majority interest of the assets and certain liabilities of Trabian pursuant to a Stock Purchase
Agreement by and among the Bank, Trabian, Jonathan Matthew Dean, Clarence B. Reeme, III, Jennifer L. Reeme and Brent
Dixon. The purchase price of the transaction consisted of 17,597 unregistered shares of our common stock and $1.0 million in
cash and other assets.
In August 2021, the Bank acquired minority interest in Interchecks pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the
Bank, with each of Brandon White, GenSpend Systems, LLC, Dylan Massey and Thomas Mainville, and Interchecks. The
purchase price of the transaction consisted of 107,928 unregistered shares of our common stock.
Purchases of Equity Securities by Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
There were no repurchases of common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2021.
.
ITEM 6. [RESERVED]
36
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes
thereto included elsewhere in this report. A discussion of changes in our results of operations from 2019 to 2020 may be found in
Item 7 – Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on March 9, 2021. Further, we encourage you to revisit the
Forward-Looking Statements at the beginning of this report.
Executive Summary
We have continued to invest in infrastructure to support anticipated future growth in each area that is key to our performance,
including personnel, technology and processes in order to meet the increasing compliance obligations of the financial services
industry. We believe we are well-positioned in high-growth markets in which we operate and will continue to focus on margin
improvement, leveraging capital, organic portfolio loan growth and operating efficiency. We believe the key challenge for us in
the future is to expand our lending platform and utilize the increase in our low cost deposits, while continuing to manage asset
quality, as well as management of compliance in emerging and fast growing markets. We are expanding the Bank's treasury
services function to support the banking needs of financial and emerging technology companies, which we believe will further
enhance core deposits, notably through the expansion of deposit acquisition and fee income strategies through the Fintech
division. During 2020 and into 2021, we entered into agreements for debit card program sponsorship to further enhance fee
income and noninterest income. In addition, we continue to expand into the Fintech industry through the acquisition of
technology, including a software development team, in order to scale and diversify our banking capabilities.
Financial Results
Net interest income increased $8.3 million, noninterest income decreased $29.2 million and noninterest expense increased $0.3
million during 2021 compared to 2020. Our yield on earning assets (tax-equivalent) in 2021 was 3.52% compared to 4.17% in
2020. Total loans increased by $416.1 million to $1.87 billion as of December 31, 2021 from $1.45 billion as of December 31,
2020. Our overall cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 0.44% in 2021 compared to 0.85% in 2020. The decrease in earning
assets yield, partially offset by the decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, resulted in a decrease in our net interest
margin (tax-equivalent) to 3.26% in 2021 from 3.57% in 2020.
We earned $39.1 million in 2021 compared to $37.4 million in 2020, an increase of $1.7 million. The 2021 earnings equated to a
return on average assets of 1.5% and a return on average equity of 15.6%, compared to 2020 results of 1.7% and 16.7%,
respectively. Basic and diluted earnings per share were $3.32 and $3.10, respectively, in 2021 compared to $3.13 and $3.06,
respectively, in 2020.
COVID-19 Pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic has introduced a great degree of uncertainty to both the global and domestic economy and financial
markets. The full impact of COVID-19 is unknown and continues to evolve. Financial markets adjusted dramatically to the
reduced economic activity and the pace of recovery is uncertain. The financial market benchmark most relevant to our current and
future profitability is the United States Government Treasury yield curve. The United States Government Treasury yield curve is
used as a basis for pricing most bonds, loans, borrowings, deposits and other fixed income yield curves. The United States
Government Treasury yield curve has experienced a large, relatively parallel, downward shift. Given our current asset-sensitive
position, management expects continued pressure on net interest income. As the outlook for the COVID-19 pandemic improves,
management expects that the United States Government Treasury curve will experience some degree of an upward shift over time.
We actively participated in the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), and may evaluate other programs available to assist our
clients and provide consumer deferrals consistent with government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) guidelines. Management is
working to incorporate scenarios that reflect decreased loan cash flows in the short term into our interest rate risk models.
There was considerable demand for the PPP implemented by the CARES Act to combat the economic slowdown brought on by
the COVID-19 pandemic. The PPP was created to provide funding to small business owners who may have had to temporarily
close or scale back production as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The intended use of this funding is to pay employees who
may be temporarily unable to work. The original tranche of PPP funding of $349 billion ran out 13 days after the program's
implementation. The second tranche of PPP funding of $310 billion had funds available as of the program's closure date. On July
37
2, 2020, additional legislation was passed that allowed small businesses to apply for loans through August 8, 2020. On January 8,
2021, the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) announced that the PPP would reopen on January 11, 2021 for new borrowers
and certain existing PPP borrowers. During the latest round, funds totaling $284 billion were authorized through March 31, 2021.
As of December 31, 2021, we originated 734 PPP loans with outstanding balances of $18.0 million through our internal
commercial team and originated 3,731 PPP loans with outstanding balances of $113.7 million through our partnership with a
Fintech company.
As of December 31, 2021, mortgage loans totaling $2.1 million were outstanding for modifications, such as interest-only
payments and payment deferrals. There were no commercial loan modifications outstanding as of December 31, 2021. These
modifications were not considered to be troubled debt restructurings in reliance on guidance issued by banking regulators titled
the “Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by
the Coronavirus.”
Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin (Average Balance Schedules)
The following tables present, for the periods indicated, information about (1) average balances, the total dollar amount of interest
income from interest-earning assets and the resultant average yields; (2) average balances, the total dollar amount of interest
expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average rates; (3) the interest rate spread; (4) net interest income and
margin; and (5) net interest income and margin (on a tax-equivalent basis). The average balances presented are derived from daily
average balances.
38
Average Balances and Analysis of Net Interest Income
2021
Interest
Income/
Expense
Average
Balance
Yield/
Cost
Average
Balance
2020
Interest
Income/
Expense
Yield/
Cost
Average
Balance
2019
Interest
Income/
Expense
Yield/
Cost
$ 249,801 $
10,406
305
201
0.12 % $ 125,259 $
1.93
12,484
191
246
0.15 % $
9,264 $
1.97
14,097
209
280
2.26 %
1.99
231,450
201,532
2,405
1.04
6,328
3.14
121,607
144,389
2,448
2.01
5,361
3.71
129,486
103,235
3,055
2.36
4,456
4.32
1,387,273
63,551
4.58
1,136,858
54,434
4.79
987,674
53,087
5.37
6,646
307,829
15,890
300
4.51
8,966
422
4.70
12,549
561
4.47
9,662
3.14
403,166
18,100
4.49
447,891
21,220
4.74
2,069
13.02
6,973
465
6.67
8,948
547
6.11
1,717,638
75,582
4.40
1,555,963
73,421
4.72
1,457,062
75,415
5.18
2,410,827
84,821
3.52
1,959,702
81,667
4.17
1,713,144
83,415
4.87
(25,682)
13,874
201,904
$ 2,600,923
(18,079)
26,460
181,439
$ 2,149,522
(11,318)
17,625
131,370
$ 1,850,821
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Interest-bearing deposits in banks
CDs with banks
Investment securities:
Taxable
Tax-exempt 2
Loans and loans held-for-sale: 1 3
Commercial
Tax-exempt 2
Real estate
Consumer
Total loans
Total earning assets
Allowance for loan losses
Cash and due from banks
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Deposits:
Negotiable order of withdrawal
$ 673,547 $
1,612
0.24 % $ 408,110 $
2,521
0.62 % $ 381,092 $
3,586
0.94 %
Money market checking
Savings
IRAs
CDs
Repurchase agreements
FHLB and other borrowings
Subordinated debt
883
0.19
458,606
2,680
0.58
331,636
5,144
1.55
469,010
42,800
9,674
5
0.01
121
1.25
45,420
13,691
6
0.01
218
1.59
134,250
1,355
1.01
349,787
4,869
1.39
10,821
25,275
51,149
13
93
0.12
0.37
2,188
4.28
9,856
68,407
7,568
23
0.23
1,049
1.53
261
3.45
38,324
17,415
387,660
11,252
183,812
12,124
4
0.01
329
1.89
8,376
2.16
48
0.43
4,704
2.56
770
6.35
Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,416,526
6,270
0.44
1,361,445
11,627
0.85
1,363,315
22,961
1.68
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
895,024
38,100
2,349,650
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Total stockholders' equity attributable to
parent
Noncontrolling interest
Total stockholders' equity
730
12,614
140,610
(16,741)
112,843
534
250,590
683
251,273
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$ 2,600,923
502,457
61,169
1,925,071
7,334
12,047
130,312
(2,637)
77,044
351
224,451
—
224,451
$ 2,149,522
258,546
33,810
1,655,671
7,660
11,762
118,837
(1,084)
61,712
(3,737)
195,150
—
195,150
$ 1,850,821
Net interest spread (tax-equivalent)
Net interest income and margin (tax-equivalent) 2
Less: Tax-equivalent adjustments
Net interest spread
3.08
3.32
3.19
$ 78,551
3.26 %
$ 70,040
3.57 %
$ 60,454
3.53 %
(1,392)
3.02
(1,214)
3.25
(1,054)
3.13
Net interest income and margin
$ 68,826
1 Non-accrual loans are included in total loan balances, lowering the effective yield for the portfolio in the aggregate.
2 In order to make pre-tax income and resultant yields on tax-exempt loans and investment securities comparable to those on taxable loans and investment
securities, a tax-equivalent adjustment has been computed using a Federal tax rate of 21% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, which
is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. Please refer to the reconciliation of this non-U.S. GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable U.S. GAAP
$ 77,159
$ 59,400
3.51 %
3.20 %
3.47 %
39
financial measure following this table.
3 Our PPP loans, totaling $131.7 million and $82.0 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, are included in this amount for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest margin - U.S. GAAP basis
Net interest income
Average interest-earning assets
Net interest margin
Net interest margin - non-U.S. GAAP basis
Net interest income
Plus: Impact of fully tax-equivalent adjustment
Net interest income on a fully-tax equivalent basis
Average interest-earning assets
Net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis
Rate Volume Calculation
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
2019
77,159
$
68,826
$
2,410,827
3.20 %
1,959,702
3.51 %
59,400
1,713,144
3.47 %
77,159
$
68,826
$
1,392
78,551
2,410,827
$
$
3.26 %
1,214
70,040
1,959,702
$
$
3.57 %
59,400
1,054
60,454
1,713,144
3.53 %
$
$
$
$
The year over year change in rate volume to 2021 from 2020 is as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Earning Assets
Loans
Commercial
Tax-exempt
Real estate
Consumer
Investment securities:
Taxable
Tax-exempt
Interest-bearing deposits in banks
CDs with banks
Total earning assets
Interest-bearing liabilities
Negotiable order of withdrawal
Money market checking
Savings
IRAs
CDs
Repurchase agreements
FHLB and other borrowings
Subordinated debt
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Total
Net Interest Income
Change in
Volume
Change in Rate
Change in Both
Rate & Volume
Total Change
$
$
$
$
11,991 $
(109)
(4,280)
595
2,211
2,121
190
(41)
12,678 $
1,639 $
61
—
(64)
(3,000)
2
(662)
1,503
(521)
13,199 $
(2,355) $
(17)
(5,446)
443
(1,184)
(827)
(38)
(5)
(9,429) $
(1,544) $
(1,817)
(1)
(47)
(1,339)
(11)
(797)
63
(5,493)
(3,936) $
(519) $
4
1,288
566
(1,070)
(327)
(38)
1
(95) $
(1,004) $
(41)
—
14
825
(1)
503
361
657
(752) $
9,117
(122)
(8,438)
1,604
(43)
967
114
(45)
3,154
(909)
(1,797)
(1)
(97)
(3,514)
(10)
(956)
1,927
(5,357)
8,511
Net interest income, which is the primary source of revenue for the Bank, is the amount by which interest income on earning
assets exceeds interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest-earning assets include loans and investment
securities, as well as interest-bearing deposits and certificates of deposit in banks. Interest-bearing liabilities include interest-
bearing deposits, borrowed funds, such as sweep accounts and repurchase agreements, and subordinated debt. Net interest income
is also impacted by changes in market interest rates, as well as the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
40
Net interest income is impacted favorably by increases in noninterest bearing demand deposits and equity.
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets and serves as a measurement of
the net revenue stream generated by the Bank’s balance sheet. Net interest margin (tax equivalent) was 3.26% in 2021 compared
to 3.57% in 2020. The net interest margin continues to face considerable pressure due to falling interest rates and competitive
pricing of loans and deposits in the Bank’s markets. During 2020, the Federal Reserve lowered its key interest rate from a range
of 1.50% to 1.75% to a range of —% to 0.25% and remained at this range as of 2021. Management’s estimate of the impact of
future changes in market interest rates is shown in the section captioned Interest Rate Risk, in Item 7A – Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk included elsewhere in this report.
Net interest spread is calculated by taking the difference between interest earned on earning assets and interest paid on interest-
bearing liabilities in an effort to maximize net interest, while maintaining an appropriate level of interest rate risk. Net interest
spread (tax-equivalent) was 3.08% in 2021 compared to 3.32% in 2020. The difference between the net interest margin (tax-
equivalent) and net interest spread (tax-equivalent) was 18 basis points in 2021 compared to 25 basis points in 2020. This was
driven by the 65 basis point decrease in yield on earning assets outpacing the impact of the increase of $392.6 million in average
noninterest-bearing demand deposits.
We continue to analyze methods to deploy assets into an earning asset mix which will result in a stronger net interest margin.
Loan growth continues to be strong and management expects that loan activity will remain strong in the near-term future.
During 2021, net interest income increased by $8.3 million, or 12.1%, to $77.2 million from $68.8 million in 2020. This increase
is largely due to the increase in earnings assets of $451.1 million primarily funded by the increase in noninterest-bearing demand
deposits of $404.6 million. Also impacting the yield was the sale of certain assets and liabilities of four banking center locations
to Summit in July 2021, the accretion related to loans acquired from First State and the amortization of PPP origination fees.
Average total earning assets were $2.41 billion in 2021 compared to $1.96 billion in 2020. As a result of the increase in average
total earning assets, total interest income increased by $3.0 million, or 3.7%, to $83.4 million in 2021 from $80.5 million in 2020.
Average total loans and loans held-for-sale increased to $1.72 billion in 2021 from $1.56 billion in 2020, primarily as the result of
a $250.4 million increase in average commercial loans; however, PPP loans with an outstanding balance of $131.7 million
accounted for a portion of the increase and carried just a 1% yield, outside of origination fee accretion. Yield on total loans and
loans held-for-sale decreased 32 basis points. Changes in the balance sheet related to the Summit and First State transactions also
impacted yield on earning assets.
Average investment securities increased $167.0 million in 2021 as the result of a $57.1 million increase in tax-exempt
investments and a $109.8 million increase in taxable investments. Yield on tax-exempt securities decreased 57 basis points and
taxable securities yield decreased 97 basis points.
Average interest-bearing liabilities increased in 2021 by $55.1 million. The increase was primarily the result of an increase of
$265.4 million in the average balance of negotiable order of withdrawal accounts and an increase of $10.4 million in money
market checking accounts. The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was partially offset by decreases of $215.5 million
in the average balance of CDs and $43.1 million in the average balance of FHLB and other borrowings.
Average interest-bearing deposits grew to $1.33 billion in 2021 from $1.28 billion in 2020. Total interest expense decreased by
$5.4 million, primarily due to decreases of $6.3 million in deposit interest and $1.0 million in interest on FHLB and other
borrowings, partially offset by an increase of $1.9 million in interest on subordinated debt. The result was a 41-basis point
decrease in the cost of interest bearing liabilities from 2020 to 2021.
The Bank’s yield on earning assets declined during 2021 due to decrease in the loan portfolio yield of 32 basis points, driven by
the addition of PPP loans purchased in the first quarter of 2021, and the investment portfolio yield of 92 basis points, while the
cost of interest bearing liabilities decreased by 41 basis points.
The cost of interest bearing liabilities decreased to 0.44% in 2021 from 0.85% in 2020. This decrease is primarily the result of
decrease of 116 basis points in the cost of FHLB and other borrowings and a 51 basis point decrease in the cost of deposits.
Further discussion on borrowings is included in Note 7 – Borrowed Funds accompanying the consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this report.
41
Provision for Loan Losses
Our release of allowance for loan losses for 2021 was $6.3 million and our provision for loan losses for 2020 was $16.6 million.
The provision for loan losses, which is a product of management’s analysis, is recorded in response to inherent losses in the loan
portfolio. The changes in loan loss provision are the result of a $2.6 million release allocated to a single loan as well as
improvements in allocation rates, portfolio risk grades and economic and business factors.
Determining the appropriate provision for loan losses requires considerable management judgment. In exercising this judgment,
management considers numerous internal and external factors including, but not limited to, portfolio growth, national and local
economic conditions, trends in the markets served and guidance from the Bank’s primary regulators.
Management has continued to evaluate the qualitative factor framework within the allowance for loan loss methodology in order
to assess how well the framework can appropriately respond to the unprecedented risk presented by the COVID-19 pandemic. As
a result, in 2020 the framework was significantly enhanced to consider a much greater degree of risk than when the framework
was originally designed. The framework has consistently generated an adequate allowance for loan loss within a generally stable
economic environment, but the onset of the pandemic made it apparent that the framework required modifications to consider this
greater degree of risk. These enhancements resulted in the need for $12.8 million in additional loan loss provision in 2020.
Throughout 2021, management observed continued improvement as the year progressed and the impacts of the pandemic began to
be mitigated by the development and acceptance of vaccines. Furthermore, as a result of the ongoing analysis of the loan
portfolios, a significant number of borrowers are reporting recovery from the strain on their operations experienced in 2020, and
as a result present a relatively lower risk of default than a year ago. While the ultimate severity of impacts to the economic and
business conditions in which we operate are not yet fully known, it seems that the impacts have begun to subside in recent
months. However, the breadth of the worldwide COVID-19 pandemic has impacted virtually all industries and has created the
potential for additional risk within the loan portfolios, should the pandemic again cause widespread economic disruptions.
Additionally, management executed an improvement to the qualitative factor framework in 2021 that was designed to
significantly reduce the level of subjectivity within the model. More specifically, the framework was enhanced to include specific
metrics for each qualitative factor that will be routinely monitored to measure the degree of potential risk in the loan portfolios.
These new metrics indicate that there is considerably less risk in the loan portfolios than was previously indicated. As a result of
both the improving economic and business conditions, and the improvement to the qualitative factor framework, there was no
need for an increase to the total loan loss provision in 2021, and a total of $6.3 million was released from the allowance.
Meanwhile, total loan balances, excluding purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans, increased $437.4 million in 2021 versus an
increase of $41.1 million in 2020. The commercial loan portfolio increased by $339.4 million in 2021, in comparison to an
increase of $77.3 million in 2020, while the residential mortgage loan portfolio increased by $65.9 million and decreased by $31.3
million in 2021 and 2020, respectively. Included in the commercial and total loan volume increases are PPP loans totaling $131.7
million as of December 31, 2021. Growth in the commercial loan portfolio in 2021 was highly concentrated in loans purchased
from our strategic lending partners. As a result, this directly impacted the perceived risk of Purchased Participations loan portfolio
segment. Additionally in 2021, $40.7 million of consumer loans were originated through a strategic lending partner.
Net charge-offs in 2021 totaled $1.3 million, in comparison to net charge-offs of $2.1 million in 2020. Lastly, the release of
allowance for loan losses was impacted by a $0.8 million decrease in the specific loan loss allocations in 2021, relative to a $0.7
million increase in 2020.
Noninterest Income
Payment card and service charge income, consulting compliance income and holding gains on equity securities generate the core
of our noninterest income. During 2021 and 2020, equity method investment income and gains on acquisition and divestiture
activity have generated additional noninterest income. Total noninterest income for 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $62.6 million, $91.8
million and $64.6 million, respectively.
The decrease in noninterest income for 2021 compared to 2020 was primarily the result of decrease of $33.4 million in mortgage
fee income, $6.7 million in equity method investment income from ICM, $6.9 million in gains on acquisition and divestiture
activity and $3.5 million in gain on sale of equity securities. These decrease were partially offset by increase of $5.2 million in
compliance and consulting income, $4.7 million in payment card and service charge income, $3.4 million in holding gain on
equity securities, $3.8 million gain on sale of portfolio loans and $3.0 million gain on sale of available-for-sale investment
securities.
42
Equity method investment income of $17.4 million was due primarily to income from ICM. Prior to the combination with ICM in
July 2020, income from our mortgage activities was recognized through mortgage fee income. Mortgage fee income was $33.4
million in 2020.
Gains on acquisition and divestiture activity of $10.8 million were due to the divestiture of four branch locations.
Compliance and consulting income increased $5.2 million from $4.4 million in 2020 to $9.6 million in 2021, driven by the
Trabian Technology acquisition in April 2021 and growth in Chartwell operations.
Payment card and service charge income increased $4.7 million from $2.8 million in 2020 to $7.5 million in 2021, driven by an
increase in the number of interchange transactions and growth in our partnership with Worldpay.
Holding gain on equity securities increased $3.4 million from $0.4 million in 2020 to $3.8 million in 2021, primarily due to an
increase in the valuation of our Fintech investment portfolio during the fourth quarter of 2021.
Gain on sale of portfolio loans increased $3.8 million from $0.3 million in 2020 to $4.2 million in 2021, primarily due to an
increase volume of SBA loan sale activity.
Non interest Expense
Noninterest expense was $97.5 million, $97.1 million and $87.2 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Approximately
62%, 63% and 64% of noninterest expense for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to personnel costs. Personnel costs are a
significant part of our noninterest expense as such costs are critical to services organizations. Salaries and benefits decreased by
$1.4 million in 2021, primarily as a result of the ICM combination, partially offset by incentive compensation and new hires to
further build-out the Fintech vertical.
Professional fees increased by $2.3 million in 2021, primarily the result of deal costs related to the acquisitions of Trabian
Technology, the sale of the Southern West Virginia banking centers and other strategic initiatives.
Income Taxes
We incurred income tax expense of $9.9 million, $9.5 million and $8.6 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Our effective tax rate was 20%, 20% and 24% in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our effective tax rate is affected by certain
permanent tax differences caused by statutory requirements in the tax code. The largest permanent difference relates to tax-
exempt interest income related to municipal investments and loans held by us. Other, smaller permanent differences arise from
income derived from life insurance purchased on certain key employees and directors and meals and entertainment expenses.
For 2021, we expect to file tax returns in 33 states.
Return on Assets and Equity
Assets
Our return on average assets was 1.5% in 2021, compared to 1.7% in 2020. The decreased return in 2021 is a result of a $1.7
million increase in earnings, while average total assets increased by $451.4 million, mainly as the result of a $124.5 million
increase in average interset-bearing deposits with banks and a $161.7 million increase in average total loans.
Equity
Our return on average stockholders’ equity was 15.6% in 2021, compared to 16.7% in 2020. The decreased return in 2021 is a
result of a $1.7 million increase in earnings, while average equity increased by $26.1 million.
43
Statement of Financial Condition
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents totaled $307.4 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $263.9 million at December 31, 2020.
Management believes the current balance of cash and cash equivalents adequately serves our liquidity and performance needs.
Total cash and cash equivalents fluctuate on a daily basis due to transactions in process and other liquidity demands. Management
believes liquidity needs are satisfied by the current balance of cash and cash equivalents, readily available access to traditional
and non-traditional funding sources and the portions of the investment and loan portfolios that mature within one year. These
sources of funds should enable us to meet cash obligations as they come due. Due to the increase in liquidity driven by growth in
noninterest-bearing deposits, management has elected to maintain a higher cash and cash equivalents balance to provide flexibility
during the COVID-19 pandemic.
Investment Securities
Investment securities totaled $453.9 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $438.2 million at December 31, 2020.
The following table sets forth a summary of the investment securities portfolio as of the dates indicated. The available-for-sale
securities are reported at estimated fair value.
December 31, (Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-sale securities:
United States government agency securities
United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities
United States treasury securities
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Other debt securities
Other securities
Total investment securities available-for-sale
Equity securities
2021
2020
40,437 $
76,108
110,389
175,012
11,142
7,500
878
421,466 $
53,869
95,769
3,123
231,887
17,548
7,500
928
410,624
32,402 $
27,585
$
$
$
At December 31, 2021, investment securities are available-for-sale or equity securities. Management believes the available-for-
sale classification provides flexibility in terms of managing the portfolio for liquidity, yield enhancement and interest rate risk
management opportunities. Due to the increase in liquidity driven by growth in noninterest-bearing deposits, management has
elected to increase balances in investment securities to generate additional interest income. At December 31, 2021, the amortized
cost of available-for-sale investment securities totaled $421.3 million, resulting in a net unrealized gain in the investment portfolio
of $0.2 million. Management has the intent and ability to hold the investments to maturity and they are all high quality
investments with no other than temporary impairment. The municipal securities continue to give us the ability to pledge and to
decrease the effective tax rate.
At December 31, 2021, equity securities primarily consist of our Fintech investment portfolio and are comprised of investments in
nine companies with a carrying value of $27.3 million. These securities do not have readily determinable fair values; therefore,
they are classified as equity securities and are recorded at cost and adjusted for observable price changes for underlying
transactions for identical or similar investments.
44
The following table shows the maturities for the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2021:
Within one year
After one year, but
within five
After five years, but
within ten
After ten years
Total investment
securities
(Dollars in
thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted-
Avg. Yield
Amortized
Cost
Weighted-
Avg. Yield
Amortized
Cost
Weighted-
Avg. Yield
Amortized
Cost
Weighted-
Avg. Yield
Amortized
Cost
Fair
Value
United States
government
agency securities
United States
sponsored
mortgage-backed
securities
United States
treasury
securities
Municipal
securities
Corporate debt
securities
Other debt
securities
Other securities
$
—
— % $
841
1.91 % $
16,418
1.23 % $
23,846
1.20 % $
41,105 $ 40,437
—
—
5
—
1,312
0.55
3,069
1.70
73,138
1.16
77,519
76,108
—
112,133
0.63
—
—
—
—
112,133
110,389
3.00
1,792
4.07
9,162
3.04
160,085
2.49
171,044
175,012
989
4.07
500
6.25
9,604
6.47
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
878
—
—
—
7,500
—
—
—
—
11,093
11,142
7,500
878
7,500
878
Total
$
994
4.06 % $ 116,578
0.72 % $
39,131
2.95 % $ 264,569
1.94 % $ 421,272 $ 421,466
Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that
may occur.
Management monitors the earnings performance and liquidity of the investment portfolio on a regular basis through the Asset and
Liability Committee (“ALCO”) meetings. The ALCO also monitors net interest income and assists in the management of interest
rate risk for us. Through active balance sheet management and analysis of the investment securities portfolio, sufficient liquidity
is maintained to satisfy depositor requirements and the various credit needs of our customers. Management believes the risk
characteristics inherent in the investment portfolio are acceptable based on these parameters.
Loans
Our primary market areas are North Central West Virginia and Northern Virginia. The portfolio consists principally of
commercial lending, retail lending, which includes single-family residential mortgages, and consumer lending. Loans totaled
$1.87 billion as of December 31, 2021, an increase of $416.1 million from $1.45 billion as of December 31, 2020.
Major classification of loans held for investment, including PCI loans, at December 31, are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and non-residential real estate
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
Total loans
Deferred loan origination fees and costs, net
Loans receivable
$
$
$
$
2021
2020
1,494,431 $
310,498
22,186
44,332
1,871,447 $
(1,609) $
1,869,838 $
1,162,122
257,207
30,828
4,644
1,454,801
(1,057)
1,453,744
At December 31, 2021, commercial and non-residential real estate loans, including PCI loans, represented the largest portion of
the portfolio at 79.9%. Commercial and non-residential real estate loans totaled $1.49 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to
$1.16 billion at December 31, 2020. Management will continue to focus on the enhancement and growth of the commercial loan
portfolio while maintaining appropriate underwriting standards and risk/price balance. PPP loans are included in the totals above
and have outstanding balances of $131.7 million and $82.0 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Residential real estate loans to retail customers, including home equity lines of credit and PCI loans, account for the second
largest portion of the loan portfolio, comprising 16.6%. Residential real estate totaled $310.5 million at December 31, 2021,
compared to $257.2 million at December 31, 2020. Management believes the home equity loans are competitive products with an
acceptable return on investment after risk considerations. Residential real estate lending continues to represent a primary focus
due to the lower risk factors associated with this type of loan and the opportunity to provide service to those in the North Central
45
West Virginia and Norther Virginia markets.
For discussion related to the PCI loans acquired in the First State acquisition and their related allowance for loan losses, please
refer to Purchased Credit Impaired Loans in Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses accompanying the consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
At December 31, 2021, Special Mention loans not yet impaired amounted to $30.8 million. The balance is comprised of 71 loans,
which include $7.0 million in three commercial real estate hospitality loans to a single relationship, a $4.2 million owner occupied
commercial property, $4.9 million in two related loans to multifamily commercial real estate developers, a $4.9 million
commercial real estate loan to a senior care facility, $4.7 million to finance two government lease transactions for a single
borrower and $1.5 million in two loans to finance a multifamily property. In addition, there are 60 loans to various unrelated
borrowers totaling $3.6 million in commercial, home equity line of credit ("HELOC"), installment and mortgage loans. These are
loans for which information about the borrowers’ possible credit problems causes management to have doubts as to the
borrowers’ ability to comply with the loan repayment terms in the future. However, most of these loans were significantly
impacted by the pandemic and as a result have qualified for government financial support and/or debt service relief from the
Bank. These loans are being monitored closely, but were not considered impaired loans at December 31, 2021.
There were 74 additional loans that management identified as Substandard loans not yet impaired, totaling $39.7 million as of
December 31, 2021. These loans include $27.8 million in four loans to finance hospitality properties to two unrelated borrowers,
$4.7 million in three loans to a single borrower to finance movie theaters and a multifamily real estate property, a $2.2 million
loan to finance a Montessori school, a $1.6 million loan secured by residential lots, a $1.0 million loan secured by a borrowing
base and $0.5 million in two loans to a borrower in the energy industry. In addition, there are 62 loans to various unrelated
borrowers totaling $1.9 million in commercial, HELOC, installment and mortgage loans. These are loans where known
information about the borrowers’ credit problems causes management to have serious doubts, relative to the eleven loans
discussed above, as to the borrowers’ ability to comply with the loan repayment terms in the future. However, these loans were all
significantly impacted by the pandemic and as a result have qualified for government financial support and/or debt service relief
from the Bank. These loans are being monitored closely, but as of year-end were not considered impaired loans.
The following table provides loan maturities at December 31, 2021:
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and non-residential real estate
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
Total loans
One Year
or Less
One Through
Five Years
Five Through
Fifteen Years
Due After
Fifteen Years
Total
$
$
352,656 $
135,624
740
3,762
492,782 $
781,502 $
543
2,726
32,222
820,457 $
317,005 $
6,554
642
7,197
331,398 $
43,267 $ 1,494,431
310,498
167,777
22,186
18,078
44,332
1,151
226,809 $ 1,871,447
The following table reflects the sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2021 that mature after one
year:
(Dollars in thousands)
Predetermined fixed interest rate
Floating or adjustable interest rate
Total as of December 31, 2021
Loan Concentration
Commercial and
non-residential
real estate
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
Total
$
$
658,765 $
259,439 $
41 $
44,300 $
962,546
835,666
51,059
22,145
32
908,901
1,494,431 $
310,498 $
22,186 $
44,332 $ 1,871,447
At December 31, 2021, commercial and non-residential real estate loans comprised the largest component of the loan portfolio. A
large portion of commercial loans are secured by real estate and they are diverse with respect to geographical location and
industry. Loans that are not secured by real estate are typically secured by accounts receivable, mortgages or equipment. While
the loan concentration is in commercial loans, the commercial portfolio is comprised of loans to many different borrowers, in
numerous different industries, primarily located in our market areas.
46
Allowance for Loan Losses
The Loan Review Committee is responsible for the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses (“ALL”). The
Committee’s determination is based on management’s assessment of risk in the loan portfolios which is calculated through the
ALL model. Management continually monitors the risk in the loan portfolio through routine delinquency reporting and the
internal loan review system, which directly inform the ALL calculation. Specific loss estimates are derived for individual loans
based on specific criteria such as current delinquent status, related deposit account activity where applicable and changes in the
local and national economy. When appropriate, management also considers public knowledge and/or verifiable information from
the local market to assess risks to specific loans and the loan portfolios as a whole.
The result of the evaluation of the adequacy at each period presented herein indicated that the ALL was considered by
management to be adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio.
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, impaired loans totaled $22.5 million and $15.4 million, respectively. A portion of the ALL of
$0.5 million and $1.3 million was allocated to cover any loss in these loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Loans
past due more than 30 days were $12.0 million and $10.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Loans past due more than 30 days to gross loans
Loans past due more than 90 days to gross loans
December 31,
2021
2020
0.9 %
0.5 %
1.2 %
0.6 %
For tables reflecting the allocation of the ALL, please refer to Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses accompanying the
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
The following table summarizes the primary segments of the ALL, excluding the ALL related to PCI loans and loans individually
evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:
(Dollars in thousands)
2021
2020
December 31,
Commercial and non-residential real estate
Residential
Home equity
Consumer and other
Total
Amount
% of loans in each
category to total loans
Amount
$
$
14,100
948
128
2,427
17,603
80 % $
17
1
2
100 % $
24,033
1,378
298
51
25,760
% of loans in each
category to total loans
80 %
18
2
—
100 %
Non-performing assets consist of loans that are no longer accruing interest, loans that have been renegotiated to below market
rates based upon financial difficulties of the borrower and real estate acquired through foreclosure. When interest accruals are
suspended, accrued interest income is reversed with current year accruals charged to earnings and prior year amounts generally
charged off as a credit loss. When, in management’s judgment, the borrower’s ability to make periodic interest and principal
payments resumes and collectability is no longer in doubt, which is evident by the receipt of six consecutive months of regular,
on-time payments, the loan is eligible to be returned to accrual status. Interest income on loans would have increased by
approximately $0.4 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, if loans had performed in
accordance with their terms.
47
Non-performing assets and past due loans as of December 31, are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans
Commercial
Real estate and home equity
Consumer and other
Total non-accrual loans
Accruing loan past due 90 days or more
Total non-performing loans
Other real estate, net
Total non-performing assets
Allowance for loan losses
Non-performing loans to gross loans
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
Non-performing assets to total assets
$
$
$
2021
2020
$
$
$
9,845
7,853
259
17,957
—
17,957
2,330
20,287
18,266
0.9 %
1.0 %
103.1 %
0.7 %
12,079
1,629
5
13,713
—
13,713
5,730
19,443
25,844
0.9 %
1.8 %
188.5 %
0.8 %
Impaired loans have increased by $7.1 million, or 45.9%, during 2021. This change is the net effect of multiple factors, primarily
the identification of $13.0 million of recently impaired loans, principal curtailments/payoffs of $3.7 million, normal loan
amortization of $0.5 million and the reclassification of $0.7 million of previously reported impaired loans to performing loans.
The $13.0 million of recently impaired loans were concentrated in one commercial relationship representing $4.8 million, or 37%,
of the recently impaired loans and one residential mortgage loan representing $5.6 million, or 43% of the recently impaired loans.
Both loans are currently under forbearance agreements and paying as agreed.
The $3.7 million of principal curtailments/payoffs were concentrated in two commercial relationships in which the notes were
curtailed through the partial sale of collateral. These two relationships represented $2.4 million, or 65%, of the total principal
curtailments.
The $0.9 million of charged off loans were concentrated in one commercial relationship representing $0.8 million, or 89%, of the
purchased impaired loans. The relationship of $0.8 million is secured by a borrowing base.
Loans classified as Special Mention totaled $30.3 million and $67.9 million as of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020,
respectively. The decrease of $37.6 million, or 55.4%, was concentrated in the commercial loan portfolio. This decrease is
primarily the result of the payoff of 19 existing loans totaling $40.8 million to 12 borrowers, the risk grade upgrade of eight loans
to four separate loan relationships, totaling $16.1 million, offset by the risk grade downgrade of 30 loans to 13 relationships,
totaling $15.5 million. There was also a single commercial real estate hotel note upgraded to Special Mention, totaling $4.4
million. Of the 30 loans recently classified as Special Mention, there were eight commercial equipment loans to one relationship
for $0.7 million, two government lease transactions totaling $4.7 million, two loans to multifamily development corporations
totaling $4.9 million, and an owner occupied commercial real estate loan to a trucking company totaling $4.2 million. The $40.8
million in payoffs included four notes to two relationships totaling $15.9 million secured by retail properties, two notes to a single
borrower totaling $14.7 million secured by office properties, a single note to a multifamily borrower for $8.6 million, and twelve
remaining notes to various borrowers totaling $1.5 million.
Loans classified as Substandard totaled $61.0 million and $58.3 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020,
respectively. The increase of $2.7 million, or 4.6%, was concentrated in the commercial loan portfolio. This increase is primarily
the result of the downgrade to Substandard of 30 loans totaling $14.3 million, including two loans to a single relationship totaling
$4.8 million, secured by government lease transactions, a single residential mortgage of $5.6 million, and a single note of $1.0
million secured by equipment. The increase is partially offset by the risk grade upgrade of three loans to two separate commercial
loan relationships, totaling $4.5 million, the payoff of 40 existing loans totaling $5.6 million and the $2.0 million, or 39%,
curtailment of three related equipment loans. There was also a charge-off of $0.3 million to a single borrower involved in
government contracting. The $5.6 million in payoffs included a $0.9 million line of credit secured by the account receivables of
an energy company, and three notes totaling $0.9 million to a retail commercial real estate developer.
48
Loans classified as Doubtful totaled $1.7 million and $4.0 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
The decrease of $2.3 million, or 57.5%, was concentrated in the commercial loan portfolio and is the result of charging off the
balance against associated marks of acquisition of various loans to unrelated borrowers obtained as part of the First State
acquisition, as well as a charge off of a commercial loan totaling $0.9 million secured by a borrowing base. As of December 31,
2021, there is $0 in calculated loan loss reserve allocation against three legacy MVB loans totaling $0.1 million. The largest of
purchased loans had a balance of $1.3 million, while the remaining 34 loans had balances totaling $3.9 million.
Funding Sources
The Bank considers a number of alternatives, including but not limited to deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term
borrowings when evaluating funding sources. Traditional deposits continue to be the most significant source of funds, totaling
$2.38 billion, or 96.6% of funding sources, at December 31, 2021. This same information at December 31, 2020 reflected $1.98
billion in deposits, representing 97.4% of such funding sources. Subordinated debt totaled $73.0 million and $43.4 million at
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and represented 3.0% and 2.1% as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Repurchase agreements, which are available to large corporate customers, represented 0.5% and 0.5% of funding sources at
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. There were no FHLB and other borrowings at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Management continues to emphasize the development of additional noninterest-bearing deposits as a core funding source. At
December 31, 2021, noninterest-bearing balances totaled $1.1 billion, compared to $715.8 million at December 31, 2020, or
47.1% and 36.1% of total deposits, respectively. Interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.3 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, or
52.9% and 63.9% of total deposits, respectively. The main driver of deposit growth has been the increase in Fintech deposits
through adding new relationships and continuing to grow current relationships. This growth in Fintech deposits is primarily due to
the increasing in gaming deposits, primarily as a result of the increasing number of states legalizing sports gaming. We currently
expect our Fintech banking activities to continue to grow.
The following table sets forth the balance of each of the deposit categories for the years ended December 31, 2021 and
2020:
(Dollars in thousands)
Demand deposits of individuals, partnerships and corporations
Noninterest-bearing demand
Interest-bearing demand
Savings and money markets
Time deposits including CDs and IRAs
Total deposits
Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit
2021
2020
$
$
$
1,120,433 $
651,016
510,068
96,088
2,377,605 $
715,791
496,502
545,501
224,595
1,982,389
9,573 $
16,955
Average interest-bearing deposits totaled $1.33 billion during 2021 compared to $1.28 billion during 2020. Average noninterest
bearing deposits totaled $895.0 million during 2021 compared to $502.5 million during 2020.
Maturities of time deposits that met or exceeded the FDIC insurance limit as of December 31, 2021:
(Dollars in thousands)
Under three months
Over three to 12 months
Over one to three years
Over three years
Total
$
$
2021
1,160
5,657
2,356
400
9,573
Along with traditional deposits, the Bank has access to both short-term borrowings from FHLB and overnight repurchase
agreements to fund its operations and investments. For details on our borrowings, please refer to Note 7 – Borrowed Funds
accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
Capital and Stockholders’ Equity
During the year ended December 31, 2021, stockholders’ equity increased approximately $35.8 million to $275.3 million. This
increase consists of net income for the year of $38.7 million, common stock options exercised totaling $4.9 million, stock-based
49
compensation of $2.6 million, common stock issued related to stock-based compensation of $2.0 million and common stock
issued related to the Trabian and Flexia acquisitions of $0.6 million and $4.5 million, respectively. These changes were offset by a
$5.8 million decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income, dividends paid to both common and preferred shareholder
totaling $6.1 million and redemption of preferred stock of $7.3 million. Despite the increase in stockholders’ equity, the equity to
assets ratio decreased from 10.3% to 9.8% due to asset growth of $461.0 million outpacing the increase in stockholders' equity
during 2021. We paid dividends to common shareholders of $6.0 million in 2021 and $4.3 million in 2020, compared to earnings
of $39.1 million in 2021 versus $37.4 million in 2020, resulting in the dividend payout ratio increase from 11.4% in 2020 to
15.4% in 2021.
We and the Bank are also subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to
meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators
that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our consolidated financial statements. The Bank is required to comply
with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the FDIC. We are exempt from the Federal Reserve Board’s capital
adequacy standards as we believe we meet the requirements of the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. West
Virginia state chartered banks, such as the Bank, are subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the West Virginia Division
of Financial Institutions. Bank regulators have established “risk-based” capital requirements designed to measure capital
adequacy. Risk-based capital ratios reflect the relative risks of various assets companies hold in their portfolios. A weight
category of 0% (lowest risk assets), 20%, 50%, 100% or 150% (highest risk assets) is assigned to each asset on the balance sheet.
Detailed information concerning our risk-based capital ratios can be found in Supervision and Regulation in Item 1 – Business and
Note 15 – Regulatory Capital Requirements accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
At December 31, 2021, the Bank’s risk-based capital ratios were above the minimum standards for a well-capitalized institution.
The total risk-based capital ratio of 16.7% at December 31, 2021 is above the well capitalized standard of 10%. The Tier 1 risk-
based capital ratio of 15.8% at December 31, 2021 also exceeded the well capitalized minimum of 8%. The common equity Tier 1
capital ratio of 15.8% at December 31, 2021 is above the well capitalized standard of 6.5%. The leverage ratio at December 31,
2021 was 11.6% and was also above the well capitalized standard of 5%. Management believes that capital continues to provide a
strong base for profitable growth.
Tangible book value ("TBV") per common share was $22.17 and $19.73 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. TBV
per common share is a non-U.S. GAAP measure that we believe is helpful to interpreting financial results. A reconciliation of
TBV per common share is included below.
Goodwill
Intangibles
Total intangibles
Total equity attributable to parent
Less: Preferred equity
Less: Total intangibles
Tangible common equity
Tangible common equity
Common shares outstanding (000s)
Tangible book value per common share
Liquidity
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,988 $
2,316
6,304 $
274,328 $
—
(6,304)
268,024 $
268,024 $
12,087
22.17 $
2,350
2,400
4,750
239,483
(7,334)
(4,750)
227,399
227,399
11,526
19.73
Maintenance of a sufficient level of liquidity is a primary objective of the ALCO. Liquidity, as defined by the ALCO, is the
ability to meet anticipated operating cash needs, loan demand and deposit withdrawals, without incurring a sustained negative
impact on net interest income. It is our policy to manage liquidity so that there is no need to make unplanned sales of assets or to
borrow funds under emergency conditions.
The main source of liquidity for the Bank comes through deposit growth. Liquidity is also provided from cash generated from
50
investment maturities, principal payments from loans and income from loans and investment securities. During the year ended
December 31, 2021, cash provided by financing activities totaled $580.7 million, while outflows from investing activity totaled
$572.0 million. When appropriate, the Bank has the ability to take advantage of external sources of funds such as advances from
the FHLB, national market certificate of deposit issuance programs, the Federal Reserve discount window, brokered deposits and
Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Services. These external sources often provide attractive interest rates and flexible
maturity dates that enable the Bank to match funding with contractual maturity dates of assets. Securities in the investment
portfolio are classified as available-for-sale and can be utilized as an additional source of liquidity.
We have an effective shelf registration covering $75 million of debt and equity securities, all of which is available, subject to
authorization from the Board of Directors and market conditions, to issue debt or equity securities at our discretion. While we
seek to preserve flexibility with respect to cash requirements, there can be no assurance that market conditions would permit us to
sell securities on acceptable terms, or at all.
We continue to experience increasing concentrations of deposits from emerging industries and have instituted policies and
procedures to ensure that we maintain adequate liquidity to manage such deposit levels.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial
statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1
– Summary of Significant Accounting Policies accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
report. The preparation of these statements requires us to make certain assumptions, judgments and estimates that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and
commitments as of the date of our financial statements. We analyze and base our estimates on historical experience and various
other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Changes in facts and circumstances or additional
information may result in revised estimates, and actual results may differ from these estimates. We have identified the following
estimates as critical to the understanding of our financial position and results of operations and which require the application of
significant judgment by management.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The ALL represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of
the ALL requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of losses inherent in the loan
portfolio consisting of specific and general components.
We estimate the general component of the ALL based on the Bank’s historical loss experience and consideration of qualitative
factors, both internal and external, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The qualitative factors include items
such as the nature and volume of the portfolio; the volume and severity of problem credits; collateral values; portfolio
concentrations; economic and business conditions; lending policies and procedures; experience of lending management and staff;
and quality of the loan review system. Within each of our eight portfolio segments, each of these individual factors are assigned a
rating between zero and seven, representing a measure of the risk that we believe each factor creates for the Bank's loan portfolio.
Each factor is also weighted based on the relative risk we believe it poses to the Bank’s portfolio to determine a proportionate risk
rating. As of December 31, 2021, the "economic and business conditions" factor was generally the highest weighted qualitative
factor, with a weighting of 25% to 30%, and given a risk grade of two out of seven for seven of the eight portfolio segments.
Increasing the risk grade by one for all segments would have resulted in an additional allowance of approximately $2.0 million at
December 31, 2021, and decreasing the risk grade to three would have resulted in a reduction to the allowance of approximately
$1.8 million.
In addition to the above judgments and estimates, the specific reserves on impaired loans is an important input to the ALL due to
the increased risks inherent in those loans. This evaluation requires significant judgment and estimates related to the amount and
timing of expected future cash flows and collateral values. To the extent actual outcomes differ from our estimates, we may need
additional provisions for credit losses. Any such additional provisions for credit losses will be a direct charge to our earnings.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments
Recent accounting pronouncements and developments applicable to us are described further in Note 1 – Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies accompanying the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
51
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Our market risk is composed primarily of interest rate risk. The ALCO is responsible for reviewing the interest rate sensitivity
position and establishes policies to monitor and coordinate our sources, uses and pricing of funds.
Interest Rate Risk
The objective of the asset/liability management function is to structure the balance sheet in ways that maintain consistent growth
in net interest income and minimize exposure to market risks within our policy guidelines. This objective is accomplished through
management of balance sheet liquidity and interest rate risk exposure based on changes in economic conditions, interest rate
levels and customer preferences. We manage balance sheet liquidity through the investment portfolio, sales of commercial and
residential real estate loans and through the utilization of diversified funding sources, including retail deposits, a variety of
wholesale funding sources and borrowings through the FHLB. Interest rate risk is managed through the use of interest rate caps,
commercial loan swap transactions and interest rate lock commitments on mortgage loans held-for-sale, as well as the structuring
of loan terms that provide cash flows to be consistently re-invested along the rate cycle.
Our primary market risk is interest rate fluctuation. Interest rate risk results from the traditional banking activities in which the
Bank engages, such as gathering deposits and extending loans. Many factors, including economic conditions, financial conditions,
movements in interest rates and consumer preferences affect the difference between interest earned on assets and interest paid on
liabilities. Our interest rate risk represents the levels of exposure our income and market values have to fluctuations in interest
rates. Interest rate risk is measured as the change in earnings and the theoretical market value of equity that results from changes
in interest rates. The ALCO oversees the management of interest rate risk and our objective is to maximize stockholder value,
enhance profitability and increase capital, serve customer and community needs and protect us from any material financial
consequences associated with changes in interest rates.
Interest rate risk arises from differences between the timing of rate changes and the timing of cash flows (repricing risk); changing
rate relationships across yield curves that affect bank activities (basis risk); changing rate relationships across the spectrum of
maturities (yield curve risk); and interest rate related options embedded in certain bank products (option risk). Changes in interest
rates may also affect a bank’s underlying economic value. The values of a bank’s assets, liabilities and interest-rate related, off-
balance sheet contracts are affected by changes in rates because the present values of future cash flows, and in some cases the
cash flows themselves, are changed when discounting by different rates.
We believe that accepting some level of interest rate risk is necessary in order to achieve realistic profit goals. Management and
the Board of Directors have chosen an interest rate risk profile that is consistent with our strategic business plan. While
management carefully monitors the exposure to changes in interest rates and takes actions as warranted to decrease any adverse
impact, there can be no assurance about the actual effect of interest rate changes on net interest income.
Our Board of Directors has established a comprehensive interest rate risk management policy, which is administered by the
ALCO. The policy establishes limits on risk, which are quantitative measures of the percentage change in net interest income (a
measure of net interest income at risk) and the fair value of equity capital (a measure of economic value of equity or “EVE” at
risk) resulting from a hypothetical change in interest rates. We measure the potential adverse impacts that changing interest rates
may have on short-term earnings, long-term value and liquidity by employing simulation analysis through the use of computer
modeling. The simulation model captures optionality factors such as call features and interest rate caps and floors embedded in
investment and loan portfolio contracts. As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent
in the interest rate modeling methodology employed. When interest rates change, actual movements in different categories of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate
significantly from assumptions used in the model. Finally, the methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher
rates may have on adjustable-rate loan customers’ ability to service their debts or the impact of rate changes on demand for loan
and deposit products.
A base case forecast is prepared using market consensus rate forecasts and alternative simulations reflecting more and less
extreme behavior of rates each quarter. The analysis is presented to the ALCO and the Board of Directors. In addition, more
frequent forecasts are produced when interest rates are particularly uncertain, when other business conditions so dictate, or when
necessary to model potential balance sheet changes.
The balance sheet is subject to quarterly testing for interest rate shock possibilities to indicate the inherent interest rate risk.
Average interest rates are shocked by +/- 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis points (“bp”). The goal is to structure the balance sheet so
that net interest-earnings at risk over twelve-month and twenty-four-month periods and the economic value of equity at risk do not
52
exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels and scenarios.
At December 31, 2021, we are shown in an asset sensitive position for the first year after rate shocks. Management continuously
strives to reduce higher costing fixed rate funding instruments, while increasing assets that are more fluid in their repricing.
Theoretically, an asset sensitive position is more favorable in a rising rate environment, since more assets than liabilities will
reprice in a given time frame as interest rates rise. Similarly, a liability sensitive position is theoretically favorable in a declining
interest rate environment, since more liabilities than assets will reprice in a given time frame as interest rates decline.
Management works to maintain a consistent spread between yields on assets and costs of deposits and borrowings, regardless of
the direction of interest rates.
Estimated Changes in Net Interest Income
Change in interest rates
Policy Limit
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
25.0 %
55.4 %
42.7 %
+400 bp
+300 bp
+200 bp
+100 bp
-100 bp
-200 bp
-300 bp
-400 bp
20.0 %
39.9 %
30.7 %
15.0 %
24.6 %
19.3 %
10.0 %
10.4 %
9.6 %
10.0 %
(9.2) %
(6.6) %
15.0 %
(13.7) %
(9.6) %
20.0 %
(15.9) %
(12.4) %
25.0 %
(16.5) %
(12.9) %
As shown above, measures of net interest income at risk in a rising rate environment were more favorable at December 31, 2021
versus December 31, 2020 and less favorable in a falling rate environment for the same time periods. One factor explaining this
year-over-year difference is the general level of market interest rates. A parallel downward interest rate shock would further
compress the yields on assets and liabilities, while a parallel upward interest rate shock would widen the spread between yields on
assets and liabilities.
Net interest income at risk exceeded policy limits in the -200 bp, -300 bp and -400 bp parallel instantaneous interest rate shock
scenarios. The policy violations in these scenarios are driven largely by the general level or market interest rates described in the
preceding paragraph as well as our cost of funding. Our deposit costs are low and have little room to reprice to a lower interest
rate in a falling rate environment. However, our floating rate assets are exposed to the full effect of repricing to a lower interest
rate in a falling rate environment.
The paragraph above discusses net interest income at risk in various shock scenarios; scenarios in which interest rates
immediately move by a large margin. Our net interest income profile exhibits declining net interest income when rates fall
gradually, but the impact is not as extreme as is suggested in a shock scenario. Essentially, a gradual interest rate decline scenario
smooths the impact of falling rates over a 12 or 24 month period. Our expectation is that over any given one to two year period,
interest rates will likely move at a gradual pace.
As interest rates fall, mortgage companies experience a higher volume of loan originations and refinance activity. This benefit is
not reflected in measures of net interest income at risk, as origination and refinance activity was classified as fee income prior to
the combination with ICM. This increase in fee income represents a benefit to net income that offsets the losses to net interest
income experienced in a falling rate environment. After the ICM combination, the income related to loan originations and
refinance activity is reflected as income from an equity method investment.
The measures of equity value at risk indicate the ongoing economic value of us by considering the effects of changes in interest
rates on all of our cash flows and by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and liabilities. The
difference between these discounted values of the assets and liabilities is the economic value of equity, which theoretically
approximates the fair value of our net assets.
Estimated Changes in Economic Value of Equity (EVE)
Change in interest rates
Policy Limit
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
35.0 %
14.2 %
2.7 %
25.0 %
10.8 %
3.8 %
+300 bp
+400 bp
+200 bp
+100 bp
-100 bp
-200 bp
-300 bp
-400 bp
17.0 %
8.7 %
5.0 %
12.0 %
4.5 %
3.0 %
12.0 %
(7.8) %
(3.1) %
17.0 %
(12.2) %
4.1 %
25.0 %
(6.2) %
14.8 %
35.0 %
(0.5) %
20.0 %
The EVE at risk in down rate scenarios increased at December 31, 2021, when compared to December 31, 2020. The increase in
economic value of equity in rising rate environments is largely attributable to the effect that an increase in interest rates has on the
present value of non-interest-bearing deposits. The discount rate for non-interest-bearing deposits rises as interest rates rise;
however, these deposits pay a rate of zero. The cost of these liabilities does not increase as interest rates rise, but the discount rate
applied to the expected future cash flows of these liabilities increases with interest rates. Any increase in the market rates used to
discount the cash flows of these liabilities reduces the present value of these liabilities. The decrease in present value of these
liabilities results in a net increase to economic value of equity. A falling rate environment would result in a higher net present
value for these liabilities and would lead to a net decrease to economic value of equity.
53
Additionally, interest-bearing deposits contribute to the large declines in economic value of equity in falling rate environments as
a result of their low cost. Interest-bearing deposit costs are modeled with a floor of zero, meaning that the interest rates paid on
deposits cannot be negative. In the event of a large downward interest rate shock, deposit costs would not move below zero.
However, the discount rates applied to the expected future cash flows of these deposits could sustain a large decline in interest
rates before reaching zero. This has the effect of increasing the present value of the interest-bearing-deposit liability and
ultimately decreasing economic value of equity.
The COVID-19 pandemic has introduced a great degree of uncertainty to both the global and domestic economy as well as
financial markets. The extent and magnitude of the economic slowdown occurring as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic is still
unknown. Financial markets adjusted dramatically to the reduced economic activity and the pace of recovery is uncertain. The
financial market benchmark most relevant to our current and future profitability is the United States Government Treasury yield
curve. The United States Government Treasury yield curve is used as a basis for the pricing of most bonds, loans, borrowings,
deposits and other fixed income yield curves. The United States Government Treasury yield curve has experienced a large,
relatively parallel, downward shift. Given our asset sensitive position, management expects that net interest income will decline.
As the outlook for the COVID-19 pandemic improves, management expects that the United States Government Treasury curve
will experience some degree of an upward shift over time.
Credit Risk
We have counter-party risk which may arise from the possible inability of third-party investors to meet the terms of their forward
sales contracts. We work with third-party investors that are generally well-capitalized, are investment grade and exhibit strong
financial performance to mitigate this risk. We monitor the financial condition of these third parties on an annual basis and we do
not expect these third parties to fail to meet their obligations.
Management expects that some clients will be unable to meet their financial obligations in the near-term as a result of the
decreased economic activity brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic. However, management does not expect that these credit
concerns will perpetuate indefinitely. Many clients may be eligible to defer loan payments to a later date. Management is working
to incorporate scenarios that reflect decreased loan cash flows in the short term into our interest rate risk models.
54
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
55
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Stockholders and the Board of Directors
MVB Financial Corp.
Fairmont, West Virginia
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries (the
"Company") as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive
income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021
and 2020, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) ("PCAOB"), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on
criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 10, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion
thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with
the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements,
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated
financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1)
relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our
especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matter does not alter
56
in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Allowance for Loan Losses
As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s allowance for loan losses
(“allowance”) balance was $18.3 million on gross loans of $1.85 billion as of December 31, 2021, and consisted
primarily of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are impaired. The
general component covers all loans that are not impaired and is based upon historical loss experience adjusted for
qualitative factors. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s continuing evaluation of the risk
characteristics and credit quality of the loan portfolio, assessment of current economic conditions, diversification
and size of the portfolio, adequacy of collateral, past and anticipated loss experience and the amount of non-
performing loans. Certain qualitative factors are evaluated that management believes are likely to cause estimated
credit losses to differ from historical loss experience. The allowance evaluation is inherently subjective as it
requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
We identified the Company’s estimate of the allowance as a critical audit matter. The principal considerations for
our determination of the allowance as a critical audit matter included the degree of subjectivity and judgment
required to audit management’s selection and application of qualitative factors within the general component of the
allowance.
The primary audit procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:
l We obtained an understanding of the Company’s process for establishing the allowance, including
understanding any changes that occurred within the model during 2021.
l We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of key controls relating to the Company’s
allowance, including controls over:
m The accuracy of data inputs within the model;
m The determination of qualitative factor assumptions used by management to develop the estimate; and
m Management’s review and approval of the allowance model and resulting estimate, including the
qualitative components.
l We performed substantive testing procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimates and
judgements related to the qualitative factors within the allowance. Those procedures included:
m Evaluating the appropriateness of the qualitative factors analyzed by management;
m Evaluating the relevancy and reliability of the underlying data used to determine the qualitative factor
allocation, including the establishment of the qualitative factor and basis point adjustment scales; and
m Compared the total reserve to internal, external and/or peer data to ensure movement in a directionally
consistent manner relative to credit quality indicators and changes in the Company’s loan portfolio.
l We tested the mathematical application of the qualitative factor allocations, as determined by management,
when subsequently combined with each loan segment’s historical loss rates and applied to the respective risk
grade populations segmented by location and loan type.
l We performed analytical procedures on the overall level and various components of the allowance, including
historical reserves, qualitative reserves, and specific reserves.
/s/ DIXON HUGHES GOODMAN LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014.
Tampa, Florida
March 10, 2022
57
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Stockholders and the Board of Directors
MVB Financial Corp.
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”)’s internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained,
in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria
established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and our report dated March 10, 2022, expressed
an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the
U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and
the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting
was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
58
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
/s/ DIXON HUGHES GOODMAN LLP
Tampa, Florida
March 10, 2022
59
MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
December 31, 2021 and 2020
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and due from banks
Interest-bearing balances with banks
Total cash and cash equivalents
Certificates of deposit with banks
Investment securities available-for-sale
Equity securities
Loans held-for-sale
Loans receivable
Allowance for loan losses
Loans receivable, net
Premises and equipment, net
Bank-owned life insurance
Equity method investments
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
Goodwill
TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing
Interest-bearing
Total deposits
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Repurchase agreements
Subordinated debt
Total liabilities
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
2021
2020
$
8,878 $
298,559
307,437
2,719
421,466
32,402
—
19,110
244,783
263,893
11,803
410,624
27,585
1,062
1,869,838
(18,266)
1,851,572
25,052
42,257
40,013
65,543
3,988
2,792,449 $
1,453,744
(25,844)
1,427,900
26,203
41,262
46,494
72,300
2,350
2,331,476
1,120,433 $
1,257,172
2,377,605
55,126
11,385
73,030
2,517,146
715,791
1,266,598
1,982,389
55,931
10,266
43,407
2,091,993
$
$
Preferred stock - par value $1,000; 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding as of
December 31, 2021 and 733 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020
—
7,334
Common stock - par value $1; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 12,934,966 and 12,086,950 shares issued and
outstanding, respectively, as of December 31, 2021 and 12,374,322 and 11,526,306 shares issued and
outstanding, respectively, as of December 31, 2020
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Treasury stock - 848,016 shares as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, at cost
Total equity attributable to parent
Noncontrolling interest
Total stockholders' equity
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
12,935
143,521
138,219
(3,606)
(16,741)
274,328
12,374
129,119
105,171
2,226
(16,741)
239,483
975
275,303
2,792,449 $
—
239,483
2,331,476
$
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
60
MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
INTEREST INCOME
Interest and fees on loans
Interest on deposits with banks
Interest on investment securities
Interest on tax-exempt loans and securities
Total interest income
INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest on deposits
Interest on short-term borrowings
Interest on subordinated debt
Total interest expense
NET INTEREST INCOME
Provision (release of allowance) for loan losses
Net interest income after provision (release of allowance) for loan losses
NONINTEREST INCOME
Payment card and service charge income
Mortgage fee income
Insurance and investment services income
Gain (loss) on sale of available-for-sale securities, net
Gain (loss) on sale of equity securities, net
Gain on derivatives, net
Gain on sale of loans, net
Holding gain on equity securities
Compliance and consulting income
Equity method investments income, net
Gains on acquisition and divestiture activity
Other operating income
Total noninterest income
NONINTEREST EXPENSES
Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy expense
Equipment depreciation and maintenance
Data processing and communications
Mortgage processing
Marketing, contributions and sponsorships
Professional fees
Insurance, tax and assessment expense
Travel, entertainment, dues and subscriptions
Other operating expenses
Total noninterest expense
Income from continuing operations, before income taxes
Income tax expense - continuing operations
Net income from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations, before income taxes
Income tax expense - discontinued operations
Net income from discontinued operations
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income
Preferred dividends
Net income available to common shareholders
Earnings per share from continuing operations - basic
Earnings per share from discontinued operations - basic
Earnings per common share - basic
Earnings per share from continuing operations - diluted
Earnings per share from discontinued operations - diluted
Earnings per common share - diluted
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted
2021
2020
2019
$
75,282 $
506
2,405
5,236
83,429
72,999 $
437
2,448
4,569
80,453
3,977
105
2,188
6,270
77,159
(6,275)
83,434
7,524
—
1,003
3,875
5
—
4,178
3,776
9,625
17,428
10,783
4,399
62,596
60,210
4,347
4,642
4,431
—
525
10,770
2,032
5,092
5,403
97,452
48,578
9,882
38,696
—
—
—
425
39,121
35
39,086 $
3.32 $
— $
3.32 $
3.10 $
— $
3.10 $
10,294
1,072
261
11,627
68,826
16,579
52,247
2,821
33,427
872
914
3,501
2,341
332
374
4,436
24,174
17,640
1,005
91,837
61,629
4,599
3,672
5,375
1,744
1,096
8,453
2,090
3,390
5,093
97,141
46,943
9,532
37,411
—
—
—
—
37,411
461
36,950 $
3.13 $
— $
3.13 $
3.06 $
— $
3.06 $
11,778,557
12,613,620
11,821,574
12,088,106
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
74,854
489
3,055
3,963
82,361
17,439
4,752
770
22,961
59,400
1,789
57,611
1,980
41,045
727
(166)
(7)
1,253
520
13,767
921
—
—
4,564
64,604
56,175
4,816
3,640
4,025
3,041
1,290
4,999
1,663
4,151
3,401
87,201
35,014
8,450
26,564
575
148
427
—
26,991
479
26,512
2.22
0.04
2.26
2.16
0.04
2.20
11,713,885
12,044,667
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
61
MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Dollars in thousands)
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale
Income tax effect
Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss recognized in income
Income tax effect
Change in defined benefit pension plan
Income tax effect
Reclassification adjustment for amortization of net actuarial loss recognized in income
Income tax effect
Reclassification adjustment for carrying value adjustment - investment hedge recognized in income
Income tax effect
2021
2020
$ 39,121 $ 37,411 $ 26,991
2019
(5,839)
1,367
6,979
(1,635)
8,498
(2,294)
(3,875)
908
(914)
214
166
(44)
770
(180)
507
(119)
862
(233)
(1,403)
329
(1,467)
396
420
(98)
(473)
128
271
(73)
44
(12)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
(5,832)
3,547
5,485
Comprehensive income
$ 33,289 $ 40,958 $ 32,476
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
62
MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(Dollars in thousands except per share data)
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Balance as of
January 1,
2019
Net income
Other
comprehensive
income
Cash dividends
paid ($0.20 per
share)
Dividends on
preferred stock
Stock-based
compensation
Common stock
options
exercised
Restricted
stock units
vested
Common stock
issued from
subordinated
debt
conversion, net
of costs
Common stock
issued related
to Chartwell
acquisition
Redemption of
preferred stock
Balance as of
December 31,
2019
Net income
Other
comprehensive
income
Cash dividends
paid ($0.360
per share)
Dividends on
preferred stock
Stock-based
compensation
Common stock
options
exercised
Restricted
stock units
vested
Common stock
repurchased
Common stock
issued related
to Paladin
acquisition
Balance as of
December 31,
2020
Preferred stock
Common stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
paid-in capital
Retained
earnings
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
Treasury stock
Shares
Amount
Total
stockholders'
equity
attributable to
parent
Noncontrolling
interest
Total
stockholders'
equity
783 $
7,834
11,658,370 $
11,658
$
116,897
$ 48,274
$
(6,806)
51,077 $
(1,084) $
176,773
$
—
$
176,773
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,759
210,050
210
1,954
9,576
10
(10)
26,991
—
—
5,485
(2,290)
(479)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
26,991
5,485
(2,290)
(479)
1,759
2,164
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
26,991
5,485
(2,290)
(479)
1,759
2,164
—
—
—
62,500
62
938
—
—
—
—
1,000
—
1,000
—
—
54,870
(50)
(500)
—
55
—
978
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,033
(500)
733
7,334
11,995,366
11,995
122,516
72,496
(1,321)
51,077
(1,084)
211,936
37,411
—
—
3,547
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,353
305,697
306
4,153
53,981
—
19,278
54
—
19
(124)
—
221
(4,275)
(461)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
37,411
3,547
(4,275)
(461)
2,353
4,459
525
(7)
(77)
—
—
—
—
—
—
796,414
(15,650)
(15,650)
—
—
—
240
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,033
(500)
211,936
37,411
3,547
(4,275)
(461)
2,353
4,459
(77)
(15,650)
240
733
7,334
12,374,322
12,374
129,119
105,171
2,226
848,016
(16,741)
239,483
—
239,483
63
Net income
Other
comprehensive
loss
Cash dividends
paid ($0.51 per
share)
Dividends on
preferred stock
Stock-based
compensation
Stock-based
compensation
related to
equity method
investment
Common stock
options
exercised
Restricted
stock units
vested
Minimum tax
withholding on
restricted stock
units issued
Noncontrolling
interests due to
acquisition
Common stock
issued related
to contingent
consideration
Common stock
issued related
to Trabian
acquisition
Common stock
issued related
to Interchecks
investment
MVB
Technology
membership
units issued
Redemption of
preferred stock
Balance as of
December 31,
2021
Preferred stock
Common stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
paid-in capital
Retained
earnings
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
Treasury stock
Shares
Amount
Total
stockholders'
equity
attributable to
parent
Noncontrolling
interest
Total
stockholders'
equity
39,121
(425)
38,696
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,634
574
316,682
317
4,613
77,050
77
(77)
(6,579)
(7)
(242)
39,121
—
—
(5,832)
(6,038)
(35)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(5,832)
(6,038)
(35)
2,634
—
—
574
—
—
—
—
4,930
—
—
—
(249)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(5,832)
(6,038)
(35)
2,634
574
4,930
—
(249)
— 0
—
— 0
— 0
— 0
— 0
—
—
—
900
900
—
47,966
48
1,952
—
—
—
—
2,000
—
2,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
17,597
18
582
—
—
—
—
600
—
600
—
—
107,928
108
4,366
—
—
—
—
4,474
—
4,474
—
— 0
(733)
(7,334)
—
—
— 0
— 0
— 0
— 0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
500
500
(7,334)
—
(7,334)
— $
—
12,934,966 $
12,935
$
143,521
$ 138,219
$
(3,606)
848,016 $ (16,741) $
274,328
$
975
$
275,303
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
64
MVB Financial Corp. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income before noncontrolling interest
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
Net amortization and accretion of investments
Net amortization of deferred loan (fees) costs
Provision (release of allowance) for loan losses
Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation
Stock-based compensation related to equity method investment
Loans originated for sale
Proceeds of loans sold
Holding gain on equity securities
Mortgage fee income
Gain on sale of available-for-sale securities
Loss on sale of available-for-sale securities
Gain on sale of equity securities
Loss on sale of equity securities
Gain on sale of portfolio loans
Gains on acquisition and divestiture activity
Gain on sale of other real estate owned
Income on bank-owned life insurance, including death benefit proceeds in excess of cash surrender value
Deferred taxes
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use asset
Equity method investment income
Return on equity method investment
Other assets
Other liabilities
Net cash from operating activities
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale
Maturities/paydowns of investment securities available-for-sale
Sales of investment securities available-for-sale
Purchases of premises and equipment
Disposals of premises and equipment
Net increase in loans and loans included in assets of branches held-for-sale
Purchases of restricted bank stock
Redemptions of restricted bank stock
Proceeds from sale of certificates of deposit with banks
Purchases of certificates of deposit with banks
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
Purchase of bank-owned life insurance
Proceeds from death benefit of bank-owned life insurance policies
Purchase of equity method investment
Purchase of equity securities
Sales of equity securities
Proceeds from divestitures
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Net cash from investing activities
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase in deposits and deposits in branches held-for-sale
Net change in repurchase agreements
Net change in FHLB and other borrowings
Subordinated debt issuance (redemption)
Subordinated debt issuance and conversion costs
Common stock repurchased
Preferred stock redemption
Common stock options exercised
Withholding cash issued in lieu of restricted stock
Cash dividends paid on common stock
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock
Issuance of subsidiary membership units
Net cash from financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
65
2021
2020
2019
38,696 $
37,411 $
26,991
4,054
2,969
(6,275)
4,198
2,634
574
(30,033)
22,024
(3,776)
—
(3,944)
69
(5)
—
(4,178)
(10,783)
(1,396)
(995)
6,129
95
(17,428)
31,032
(1,535)
2,689
34,815
(216,621)
49,248
146,011
(4,865)
300
(460,672)
(1,410)
2,364
9,084
—
3,818
—
—
(500)
(2,982)
543
(95,500)
(772)
(571,954)
558,342
1,119
—
30,000
(552)
—
(7,334)
4,930
(249)
(6,038)
(35)
500
580,683
43,544
1,892
1,692
16,579
3,292
2,353
—
(1,334,910)
1,477,063
(374)
(33,427)
(948)
34
(3,501)
—
(332)
(17,640)
1,258
(448)
1,789
3,260
1,759
—
(1,604,825)
1,611,889
(13,767)
(41,045)
(105)
271
—
7
(520)
—
(888)
(3,386)
86
(27,574)
3,400
(27,286)
18,699
112,235
(269,790)
64,493
54,023
(6,615)
1,687
(70,186)
(25,831)
38,048
1,739
(993)
8,309
(5,000)
—
—
(9,918)
4,622
(136,005)
57,306
(294,111)
574,691
94
(180,283)
40,000
(717)
(15,746)
—
4,464
—
(4,275)
(461)
—
417,767
235,891
(1,197)
(3,953)
10
—
—
(14,753)
25,317
(8,062)
(70,984)
33,583
31,220
(2,042)
—
(113,076)
(49,600)
45,853
2,229
—
731
(574)
688
—
(1,400)
5,968
—
(2,651)
(120,055)
144,158
(4,753)
7,998
(12,400)
—
—
(500)
2,164
—
(2,290)
(479)
—
133,898
5,781
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
Business combination non-cash disclosures:
Assets acquired in business combinations (net of cash received)
Liabilities assumed in business combination
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Loans transferred to other real estate owned
Change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale
Fair value of non-controlling interests at acquisition date
Employee stock-based compensation tax withholding obligations
Restricted stock units vested
Common stock converted from subordinated debt
Initial recognition of operating lease right-of-use assets
Initial recognition of operating lease liabilities
Common stock issued related to investments and acquisitions
Cash payments for:
Interest on deposits, repurchase agreements and borrowings
Income taxes
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2021
263,893
2020
28,002
$ 307,437 $ 263,893 $
2019
22,221
28,002
$
$
739 $
605
87,722 $
148,731
3,389
855
357 $
800 $
(9,595)
1,400
(7)
77
—
—
—
5,074
6,193
—
35
49
—
—
—
240
115
8,726
—
57
10
1,000
12,935
15,659
—
$
6,152 $
11,960
12,271 $
11,966
22,970
3,962
66
Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business and Organization
MVB Financial Corp. is a financial holding company organized as a West Virginia corporation in 2003 that operates principally
through its wholly-owned subsidiary, MVB Bank, Inc. The Bank’s consolidated subsidiaries include MVB Insurance, LLC, a title
insurance company (“MVB Insurance”), MVB Community Development Corporation (“MVB CDC”), ProCo Global, Inc.
(“Chartwell,” which does business under the registered trade name Chartwell Compliance), Paladin Fraud, LLC (“Paladin Fraud”)
and MVB Edge Ventures, LLC (“Edge Ventures”). The Bank owns a controlling interest in Trabian Technology, Inc. (“Trabian”)
and Edge Ventures wholly-owns Victor Technologies, Inc. (“Victor”), as well as controlling interests in MVB Technology, LLC
(“MVB Technology”) and Flexia Payments, LLC (“Flexia”). The Bank also owns equity method investments in Intercoastal
Mortgage Company, LLC (“ICM”), Interchecks Technologies, Inc. (“Interchecks”) and Ayers Socure II, LLC ("Ayers Socure
II").
In 2021, Edge Ventures was created as a management company providing oversight, alignment and structure for MVB’s Fintech
companies and allocates resources to help incubate venture businesses and technologies acquired and developed by MVB.
Subsidiaries of Edge Ventures include MVB Technology, Flexia and Victor.
We have acquired a number of financial institutions and other financial services businesses. Future acquisitions and divestitures
will be consistent with our strategic direction. Our most recent acquisition and divestiture activity includes the following:
l In February 2021, the Bank entered into an agreement to acquire an 80% interest in Flexia. The Bank invested approximately
$2.5 million for the 80% interest. At the time of acquisition, Flexia had no assets or liabilities. Soon after the Bank's
investment, for approximately $1.0 million Flexia purchased a license for technology that allows users to access a reloadable
account that combines a debit card account and casino gaming accounts into one card and to utilize them for non-cash
transactions at participating casinos, for exclusive use in the United States and Canada.
l In April 2021, the Bank entered into an agreement with Trabian, a leading software development firm servicing financial
institutions, pursuant to which the Bank acquired an 80% interest in Trabian in exchange for approximately $1.6 million,
including unregistered shares of MVB common stock. Trabian builds digital products, web and mobile applications for
forward-thinking community banks, credit unions, digital banks and Fintech companies. Consistent with our mission to
pursue technology to accelerate community finance, Trabian has created technology platforms that have been instrumental to
the success of many of today’s leading Fintech companies.
l In July 2021, the Bank completed the previously announced sale of certain assets and liabilities of four banking centers in
West Virginia. Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement between the Bank and Summit Community
Bank, Inc. (“Summit”), Summit assumed approximately $163.3 million in deposit liabilities, including accrued interest, and
acquired approximately $57.8 million in loans, as well as accrued interest on those loans, cash, real property, personal
property and other fixed assets associated with the banking centers, as of the July 10, 2021 closing date. The Bank recognized
a pre-tax gain of $10.8 million on the sale in the third quarter of 2021.
l In August 2021, the Bank entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Interchecks, a privately held start-up which
simplifies and enhances payouts and 1099 compliance for organizations around the world. We made an initial investment in
Interchecks in 2019. This additional investment increased our ownership interest in Interchecks to 16.9% and allows us to
have significant influence over the operations and decision making at Interchecks.
67
We conduct a wide range of business activities through the Bank, primarily commercial and retail (“CoRe”) banking services, as
well as Fintech banking.
CoRe Banking
We offer our customers a full range of products and services including:
l Various demand deposit accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit;
l Commercial, consumer and real estate mortgage loans and lines of credit;
l Debit cards;
l Cashier’s checks;
l Safe deposit rental facilities; and
l Non-deposit investment services offered through an association with a broker-dealer.
Fintech Banking
In addition to CoRe banking activities, we are also involved in innovative strategies to provide independent banking to corporate
clients throughout the United States by leveraging recent investments in Fintech companies. The dedicated Fintech sales team
specializes in providing banking services to corporate Fintech clients, with an overarching focus on operational risk management
and compliance. Managing banking relationships with clients in the payments, digital savings, cryptocurrency, crowd funding,
lottery and gaming industries is complex from both an operational and regulatory perspective. We hold a strategic view that the
complexity of serving these industries causes them to be underserved with quality banking services and provides us with a
significantly expanded pool of potential customers. When serviced in a safe and efficient manner, these industries offer an
excellent source of stable, low cost deposits and non-interest, fee based income. We analyze each industry thoroughly, both from
an operational and regulatory viewpoint. This business line has the potential for fee income revenue as relationships grow.
COVID-19 Pandemic
Throughout 2020 and 2021 and into 2022, economies throughout the world have been severely disrupted as a result of the
outbreak of COVID-19. The outbreak and any preventative or protective actions that we or our clients may take related to this
virus may result in a period of disruption, including our financial reporting capabilities, our operations generally and could
potentially impact our clients, providers and third parties. While significant progress has been made to combat the outbreak of
COVID-19, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to impact our future operating results will depend on
future developments, including resurgences, such as the recent acceleration of the spread of the Delta and Omicron variants of
COVID-19, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.
Basis of Presentation
The financial statements are consolidated to include the accounts of MVB and its subsidiaries, including the Bank and the Bank's
subsidiaries. These statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and practices in the banking industry. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions
have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
Preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates
are based upon the best available information and actual results could differ from those estimates. An estimate that is particularly
significant to the consolidated financial statements relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses (“ALL”).
Investments which are wholly-owned or investments in which we have a controlling financial interest, whether majority owned or
in certain circumstances a minority interest, are required to be consolidated into our financial statements. We evaluate investments
in entities on an ongoing basis to determine the need to consolidate.
Unconsolidated investments where we have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial policies of
the respective investee are accounted for using the equity method of accounting; those that are not consolidated or accounted for
using the equity method of accounting are accounted for under cost or fair value accounting. For these investments accounted for
under the equity method, we record our investment in non-consolidated affiliates and the portion of income or loss in equity in
earnings of non-consolidated affiliates. We periodically evaluate these investments for impairment. As of December 31, 2021, we
68
hold three equity method investments.
In certain instances, amounts reported in prior periods’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the
current presentation.
We have evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through the date these consolidated financial
statements were issued.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits in banks and interest-earning deposits. Interest-earning deposits with original
maturities of 90 days or less are considered cash equivalents. Net cash flows are reported for loans, deposits and short-term
borrowing transactions.
Investment Securities
Investment securities at the time of purchase are classified as one of the following:
Available-for-Sale Securities - Includes debt that will be held for indefinite periods of time. These securities may be sold in
response to changes in market interest or prepayment rates, needs for liquidity and changes in the availability of and yield of
alternative investments. Such securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses excluded from earnings
and reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of estimated income tax effect.
Equity Securities - Includes equity securities that are adjusted to fair value on a monthly basis, with the change in value recorded
directly on the income statement. We have elected to measure the equity securities without readily determinable fair values at cost
minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes for underlying transactions for identical
or similar investments of new issues.
The amortized cost of investment in debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, computed
by a method that results in a level yield. Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are computed on the basis of specific
identification of the adjusted cost of each security.
Securities are periodically reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment. For debt securities, management considers whether the
present value of future cash flows expected to be collected are less than the security’s amortized cost basis (the difference defined
as the credit loss), the magnitude and duration of the decline, the reasons underlying the decline and our intent to sell the security
or whether it is more likely than not that we would be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery in market value,
to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. If a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, if
we do not intend to sell the security, and it is more-likely-than-not that we will not be required to sell the security before recovery
of the security’s amortized cost basis, the charge to earnings is limited to the amount of credit loss. Any remaining difference
between fair value and amortized cost (the difference defined as the non-credit portion) is recognized in other comprehensive
income, net of applicable taxes. A decline in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within
noninterest income in the consolidated statement of income.
The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Pittsburgh, and as such, is required to maintain a minimum
investment in stock of the FHLB that varies with the level of advances outstanding with the FHLB. As of December 31, 2021 and
2020, the Bank holds $1.8 million and $2.8 million of stock, respectively, which is included in accrued interest receivable and
other assets. The stock is bought from and sold to the FHLB based upon its $100 par value. The stock does not have a readily
determinable fair value and as such is classified as restricted stock, carried at cost and evaluated by management. The stock’s
value is determined by the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines. The
determination of whether the par value will ultimately be recovered is influenced by criteria such as the following: (i) a significant
decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount and the length of time this situation has persisted; (ii)
commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the
operating performance; (iii) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the customer base of the FHLB; and (iv) the
liquidity position of the FHLB. Management evaluated the stock and concluded that the stock was not impaired for the periods
presented herein.
Management considered that the FHLB’s regulatory capital ratios have improved in the most recent quarters, liquidity appears
adequate, new shares of FHLB stock continue to exchange hands at the $100 par value and the FHLB has repurchased shares of
69
excess capital stock from its members during 2021 and 2020.
Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal reduced by an allowance for loan losses. Loans are considered non-accrual
when scheduled principal or interest payments are 90 days past due. Interest income on loans is recognized on an accrual basis.
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level deemed adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.
We consistently apply a quarterly loan review process to continually evaluate loans for changes in credit risk. This process serves
as the primary means by which we evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, and is based upon periodic review of
the collectability of loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may
affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This
evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes
available.
The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are impaired. The
general component covers all loans that are not impaired, and is based upon historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative
factors.
We allocate the allowance based on the factors described below, which conform to our loan classification policy. In reviewing
risk within the loan portfolio, management has determined there to be several different risk categories within the loan portfolio.
The allowance for loan losses consists of amounts applicable to: (i) residential real estate loans; (ii) commercial and commercial
real estate secured loans; (iii) home equity loans; and (iv) consumer and other loans. Factors considered in this process include
general loan terms, collateral and availability of historical data to support the analysis. Historical loss percentages for each loan
category are calculated and used as the basis for calculating allowance allocations. Certain qualitative factors are evaluated to
determine additional inherent risks in the loan portfolio, which are not necessarily reflected in the historical loss percentages.
These factors are then added to the historical allocation percentages to get the adjusted factor to be applied to non-classified loans
on a weighted basis, by risk grade. The following qualitative factors are analyzed:
l Lending policies and procedures
l Nature and volume of the portfolio
l Experience and ability of lending management and staff
l Volume and severity of problem credits
l Quality of the loan review system
l Conclusions of loan reviews, audits and exams
l National, state, regional and local economic trends and business conditions
l General economic conditions
l Unemployment rates
l Inflation / Consumer Price Index
l Value of underlying collateral
l Existence and effect of any credit concentrations
l Consumer sentiment
l Other external factors
We analyze our loan portfolio each quarter to determine the appropriateness of our allowance for loan losses.
A loan that has deteriorated and requires additional collection efforts by the Bank could warrant non-accrual status. A thorough
review is presented to the Chief Credit Officer and/or the Special Assets Review Committee (“SARC”), as required with respect
to any loan which is in a collection process and to make a determination as to whether the loan should be placed on non-accrual
status. The placement of loans on non-accrual status is subject to applicable regulatory restrictions and guidelines. Generally,
loans should be placed in non-accrual status when the loan reaches 90 days past due, when it becomes likely the borrower cannot
or will not make scheduled principal or interest payments, when full repayment of principal and interest is not expected, or when
the loan displays potential loss characteristics. Normally, all accrued interest is charged off when a loan is placed in non-accrual
status, unless Management believes it is likely the accrued interest will be collected. Any payments subsequently received are
applied to principal. To remove a loan from non-accrual status, all principal and interest due must be paid up to date and the Bank
70
is reasonably sure of future satisfactory payment performance. Usually, this requires a six-month recent history of payments due.
Removal of a loan from non-accrual status will require the approval of the Chief Credit Officer and/or SARC.
Loans are considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to
collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors
considered by management in evaluating impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting
scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment
shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower,
including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in
relation to the principal and interest owed. We also separately evaluate individual consumer loans for impairment. Loans are
identified individually by monitoring the delinquency status of the Bank’s portfolio. Once identified, the Bank’s ongoing
communications with the borrower allow evaluation of the significance of the payment delays and the circumstances surrounding
the loan and the borrower.
Once the determination has been made that a loan is impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured using one of three
valuation methods: (i) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (ii) the loan’s
observable market price; or (iii) the fair value of the collateral less selling costs. The method is selected on a loan-by-loan basis,
with management primarily utilizing the fair value of collateral method. The evaluation of the need and amount of a specific
allocation of the allowance and whether a loan can be removed from impairment status is made on a quarterly basis.
We defer loan origination and commitment fees and direct loan origination costs and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment
of the related loan’s yield.
Purchased Credit Impaired Loans
We may purchase individual loans and groups of loans, some of which have shown evidence of credit deterioration since
origination. These purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans are recorded at the amount paid, such that there is no carryover of the
seller's allowance for loan losses.
After acquisition, losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Such PCI loans are accounted for
individually or aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics, such as credit score, loan type and date of
origination. We estimate the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each loan or pool and the expected cash flows in
excess of amount paid is recorded as interest income over the remaining life of the loan or pool (accretable yield). The excess of
the loan's or pool's contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (non-accretable difference).
Over the life of the loan or pool, expected cash flows continue to be estimated. If the present value of expected cash flows is less
than the carrying amount, a loss is recorded as a provision for loan losses. If the present value of expected cash flows is greater
than the carrying amount, it is recognized as part of future interest income.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
A restructuring of debt constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) if the creditor for economic or legal reasons related to
the debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. Concessions may include
interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, restructuring amortization schedules and other
actions intended to minimize potential losses. The determination of whether a concession has been granted includes an evaluation
of the debtor’s ability to access funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics and among other things, the
significance of the modification relative to unpaid principal or collateral value of the debt and/or the significance of a delay in the
timing of payments relative to the frequency of payments, original maturity date or the expected duration of the loan. The most
common concessions granted generally include one or more modifications to the terms of the debt such as a reduction in the
interest rate for the remaining life of the debt, an extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market
rate for new debt with similar risk, or reduction of the unpaid principal or interest. All TDRs are considered impaired loans.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation, while land is carried at cost. Depreciation expense is
computed for financial reporting by the straight-line-method based on the estimated useful lives of assets, which range from seven
to 40 years for buildings, three to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment, three years for software and lesser of useful life
or lease term for leasehold improvements.
71
Software Development
Software that we develop for internal use may be capitalized when costs are incurred after the preliminary project stage has ended
and the application development stage begins. The application development stage includes designing, coding, installing and
testing the software. Once the software has been implemented, costs for training and maintenance are expensed as incurred.
Capitalized internal use software development costs are included in premises and equipment in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
Bank-owned life insurance represents life insurance on the lives of certain of our employees who have provided positive consent
allowing us to be the beneficiary of such policies. These policies are recorded at their cash surrender value or the amount that can
be realized upon surrender of the policy. Income from these policies is not subject to income taxes and is recorded as noninterest
income.
Equity Method Investments
Investments in companies in which we have significant influence over the operating and financing decisions are accounted for
using the equity method of accounting. These investments are included in the equity method investments line item on the
consolidated balance sheets. We recognize our proportionate share of the investee's profits and losses in the equity method
investments income line item.
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Goodwill is reviewed for potential impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level. In addition to the annual impairment
evaluation, we evaluate for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not an impairment loss
has occurred. We perform an annual impairment test during the fourth quarter. We first assess qualitative factors to determine
whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test discussed below. We assess qualitative factors to
determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including
goodwill. Examples of qualitative factors include: economic conditions; industry and market considerations; increases in labor or
other costs; overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows; relevant entity-specific events such as changes
in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; and regulatory or political developments.
ASU 2017-04, Intangibles–Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Topic 350,
Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) simplified the accounting for goodwill impairment for all entities by requiring
impairment charges to be based on Step 1 of the previous accounting guidance’s two-step impairment test under ASC Topic 350.
Under the new guidance, if a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, the entity will record an impairment charge
based on that difference. The impairment charge will be limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The
new standard eliminates the requirement to calculate a goodwill impairment charge using Step 2, which involved calculating an
implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated impairment. The standard does not change
the guidance on completing Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test. Entities are still be able to perform optional qualitative
goodwill impairment assessment before determining whether to proceed to the quantitative step of determining whether the
reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value.
For intangible assets subject to amortization, the recoverability test is performed when a triggering event occurs and an
impairment loss is recognized if the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds fair value and is not recoverable. The carrying
value of the intangible asset is considered not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result
from the use of the asset. Intangible assets deemed to have indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization. An impairment
loss is recognized if the carrying value of the intangible asset with an indefinite life exceeds its fair value.
Derivative Instruments
Interest Rate Swaps
We entered into interest rate swap agreements to facilitate the risk management strategies of a small number of commercial
banking clients. We mitigate this risk by entering into equal and offsetting interest rate swap agreements with highly rated third-
party financial institutions. The interest rate swap agreements are free-standing derivatives and are recorded at fair value on our
72
consolidated balance sheet. Fair value changes are recorded in noninterest income in our consolidated net income statement. At
December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value of interest rate swap agreements was $6.7 million and $13.8 million, respectively.
Fair Value Hedge
We entered into an interest rate swap designated as a fair value hedge to mitigate the effect of changing interest rates on the fair
values of certain designated fixed-rate loans and available for sale securities. This involves the receipt of variable amounts from a
counterparty in exchange for us making fixed payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying
notional amount. The gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to
the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. We entered into a pay-fixed/receive-variable interest rate swap in January 2019 with a
notional amount of $26.4 million and $23.0 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which was designated as a fair
value hedge associated with our fixed-rate loan program and certain available for sale securities. At December 31, 2021 and 2020,
the fair value of interest rate swap hedge was $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
Servicing Assets
Servicing assets are recorded when the Bank sells loans and retains the servicing on those loans. On a monthly basis, we track the
amount of loans that are sold with servicing retained. A valuation is done to determine the servicing rights value, which is then
recorded as an asset and amortized over the period of estimated net servicing revenues. The balance of servicing assets are
evaluated for impairment quarterly, and was determined not to be impaired at December 31, 2021 or 2020. Servicing loans for
others generally consists of collecting payments from borrowers, maintaining escrow accounts, remitting payments to third party
investors and, when necessary, foreclosure processing. Serviced loans are not included in the consolidated balance sheets. At
December 31, 2021 and 2020, the value of servicing assets was $2.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively, and is included in
accrued interest and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
We have the ability to sell the guaranteed portion of loans originated through the SBA's 7(a) program. All SBA loan sales are
executed on a servicing retained basis. We are required to retain a minimum of 10% of the principal balance in accordance with
SBA regulations. Any gain on sale recognized as income is the sum of the premium on the guaranteed portion of the loan and the
fair value of the servicing assets recognized, less the discount recorded on the unguaranteed portion of the loan that is retained.
The remaining unguaranteed portion of the loan is presented net of the discount, which is recognized as interest income over the
underlying loan's remaining term, using the effective interest method.
Foreclosed Assets Held for Resale
Foreclosed assets held for resale acquired in satisfaction of mortgage obligations and in foreclosure proceedings are recorded at
fair value less estimated selling costs at the time of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis, with any valuation adjustments
charged to the allowance for loan losses. In subsequent periods, foreclosed assets are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value
less any costs to sell. Costs relating to improvement of the property are capitalized, while holding costs of the property are
charged to other loan origination and maintenance expense in the period incurred. Subsequent declines in fair value and gains or
losses on sale are recorded in other noninterest expense. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we held other real estate of $2.3 million
and $5.7 million, respectively.
Fair Value Measurements
Accounting standards require that we adopt fair value measurement for financial assets and financial liabilities. This enhanced
guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities applies whenever other standards require or permit assets or
liabilities to be measured at fair value. This guidance does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances.
The following summarizes the methods and significant assumptions we use in estimating our fair value disclosures for financial
instruments.
73
Level I: Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date.
Level II: Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of
the reported date. The nature of these assets and liabilities include items for which quoted prices are available, but
traded less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be
directly observed.
Level III: Assets and liabilities that have little to no pricing observability as of the reported date. These items do not have two-
way markets and are measured using management’s best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the
determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation.
Transfers of assets and liabilities between levels within the fair value hierarchy are recognized when an event or change in
circumstances occurs.
Revenue Recognition
We record revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
(“Topic 606”). Under Topic 606, we must identify the contract with a customer, identify the performance obligations in the
contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and
recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation. Significant revenue has not been recognized in the current
reporting period that results from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods.
Our primary sources of revenue are derived from interest and fees earned on loans, investment securities and other financial
instruments that are not within the scope of Topic 606. We have evaluated the nature of our contracts with customers and
determined that our revenue from contracts with customers is appropriately disaggregated in our consolidated statement of income
is not currently necessary. We generally fully satisfy our performance obligations on our contracts with customers as services are
rendered and the transaction prices are typically fixed within each contract, charged either on a periodic basis or based on activity.
Because performance obligations are satisfied as services are rendered and the transaction prices are fixed, there is little judgment
involved in applying Topic 606 that significantly affects the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from contracts
with customers.
Payment Card and Service Charge Income
Payment card and service charge income are comprised of service charges on accounts and interchange and debit card transaction
fees. Service charges on accounts consist of account analysis fees, monthly service fees, check orders and other account related
fees. Our performance obligation for account analysis fees and monthly service fees is generally satisfied and the related revenue
recognized, over the period in which the service is provided. Check orders and other account related fees are largely transactional
based and therefore, our performance obligation is satisfied and related revenue recognized, at a point in time. Payment for
service charges on accounts is primarily received immediately or in the following month through a direct charge to customers’
accounts.
Interchange and debit card transaction fees are primarily comprised of interchange fees earned whenever the Bank’s debit and
credit cards are processed through card payment networks, such as Visa. The Bank’s performance obligation for debit card and
interchange income is generally satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, on a transactional basis. Payment is typically
received immediately or in the following month. We also enter into interchange arrangements with minimum commitment fees.
Minimum commitment fees are recognized ratably, until such time that minimum commitment fees are exceeded or expected to
be exceeded.
Compliance and Consulting Income
Compliance and consulting income is comprised of consulting and consulting revenue generated by Chartwell, Paladin Fraud and
Trabian. Chartwell provides integrated regulatory compliance, state licensing, financial crimes prevention and enterprise risk
management services that include consulting, outsourcing, testing and training solutions. Paladin Fraud provides an extensive and
customizable suite of fraud prevention services for merchants, credit agencies, Fintech companies and other vendors to help
clients and partners defend against threats. Trabian provides consulting for the development of online and mobile banking
platforms and digital products for Fintech companies. Chartwell, Paladin Fraud and Trabian account for a contract after it has
been approved by all parties to the arrangement, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract
has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. The services promised are then evaluated in each
74
contract at inception to determine whether the contract should be accounted for as having one or more performance obligations.
Chartwell, Paladin Fraud and Trabian's services included in our contracts are distinct from one another. The transaction price for
each contract is determined based upon the consideration expected to be received for the distinct services being provided under
the contract. Revenue is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied and the customer obtains control of the goods or
services provided. In determining when performance obligations are satisfied, factors considered include contract terms, payment
terms and whether there is an alternative future use of the product or service. Consulting engagements may vary in length and
scope, but will generally include the review and/or preparation of regulatory filings, business plans, financial models and other
risk management services to customers within financial industries. Revenue from consulting services is recognized on a pro rata
basis based upon actual labor hours completed as compared to budgeted labor hours for the deliverable.
Other Operating Income
Other operating income is primarily comprised of ATM fees, wire transfer fees, travelers check fees, revenue streams such as safe
deposit box rental fees and other miscellaneous service charges. ATM fees, wire transfer fees and travelers check fees are
primarily generated when a Bank’s cardholder uses a non-Bank ATM or a non-Bank cardholder uses a Bank ATM. Safe deposit
box rental fees are charged to the customer on an annual basis and recognized upon receipt of payment. The Bank determined that
since rentals and renewals occur fairly consistently over time, revenue is recognized on a basis consistent with the duration of the
performance obligation. Other service charges include revenue from processing wire transfers, bill pay service, cashier’s checks
and other services. The Bank’s performance obligations for fees and other service charges are largely satisfied, and related
revenue recognized, when the services are rendered or upon completion. Payment is typically received immediately or in the
following month. The Bank’s performance obligation for the gains and losses on sales of other real estate owned is satisfied, and
the related revenue recognized, after each sale of other real estate owned is closed.
Marketing Costs
Marketing costs are expensed as incurred. Marketing costs were $0.5 million, $1.1 million and $1.3 million for 2021, 2020 and
2019, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) issued to employees, based on the fair
value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options.
Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded
vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.
Earnings Per Share
We determine basic earnings per share by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average
number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is determined by dividing net income
available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding, increased by the number of shares that
would be issued assuming the exercise of instruments under our incentive stock plan.
75
(Dollars in thousands except shares and per share data)
Numerator for earnings per share:
Net income from continuing operations
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
Dividends on preferred stock
Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders
Net income from discontinued operations available to common shareholders
Net income available to common shareholders
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic
Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock units
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted
Earnings per share from continuing operations - basic
Earnings per share from discontinued operations - basic
Earnings per common share - basic
Earnings per share from continuing operations - diluted
Earnings per share from discontinued operations - diluted
Earnings per common share - diluted
For the years ended
December 31,
2021
2020
2019
$
$
38,696 $
425
(35)
39,086
—
39,086 $
37,411 $
—
(461)
36,950
—
36,950 $
26,564
—
(479)
26,085
427
26,512
11,778,557
835,063
12,613,620
11,821,574
266,532
12,088,106
11,713,885
330,782
12,044,667
$
$
$
$
$
$
3.32 $
— $
3.32 $
3.10 $
— $
3.10 $
3.13 $
— $
3.13 $
3.06 $
— $
3.06 $
2.22
0.04
2.26
2.16
0.04
2.20
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, approximately 0.3 million, 0.5 million and 0.4 million options to
purchase shares of common stock, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the
effect would be antidilutive.
Comprehensive Income
Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although
certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and minimum pension
liability, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets, such items, along with net
income, are components of comprehensive income.
Income Taxes
The amount reflected as income taxes represents federal and state income taxes on financial statement income. Certain items of
income and expense, primarily the provision for possible loan losses, allowance for losses on foreclosed assets held for resale,
depreciation and accretion of discounts on investment securities are reported in different accounting periods for income tax
purposes. We and the Bank file a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based on
the difference between the financial statement basis and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax
rates. Deferred income tax expenses or benefits are based on the changes in the net deferred tax asset or liability from period to
period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the result of timing differences in recognition of revenue and expense for income tax
and financial statement purposes. No deferred income tax valuation allowance is provided since it is more likely than not that
realization of the deferred income tax asset will occur in future years.
76
We prescribe a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a
tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized in the financial
statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing
authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more likely than not
recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon
ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be
recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions
that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be reversed in the first subsequent financial reporting
period in which that threshold is no longer met. There is currently no liability for uncertain tax positions and no known
unrecognized tax benefits. With limited exception, our federal and state income tax returns for taxable years through 2017 have
been closed for purposes of examination by the federal and state taxing jurisdictions.
Operating Segments
An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities that generates revenue and
incurs expense, and the operating results of which are reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in the determination of
resource allocation and performance. While our chief decision makers monitor the revenue streams of our various products and
services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. We have identified three
reportable segments: CoRe banking; mortgage banking; and financial holding company. All other operating segments are
summarized in an other category.
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred
assets is deemed to be surrendered when: (i) the assets have been isolated from us, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of
conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (iii) we do not
maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses
on Financial Instruments and subsequent amendments to the initial guidance in November 2018, ASU 2018-19, Codification
Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, in April 2019, ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to
Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, in
May 2019, ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 326 and in November 2019, ASU 2019-10, Financial
Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates and ASU
2019-11, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, all of which clarifies codification and
corrects unintended application of the guidance. The new guidance replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current
U.S. GAAP with an expected credit loss methodology and requires consideration of a broader range of information to determine
credit loss estimates. Financial assets measured at amortized cost will be presented at the net amount expected to be collected by
using an allowance for credit losses. PCI loans will receive an allowance account at the acquisition date that represents a
component of the purchase price allocation. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will be recorded through an
allowance for credit losses, with such allowance limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. The guidance
was initially effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years. On
November 15, 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10, Financial Investments – Credit Issues (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging
(Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates, which finalizes a delay in the effective date of the standard for smaller
reporting companies (“SRCs”). Effective in the first quarter of 2022, we will lose our SRC designation. However, because we met
the criteria to be an SRC as of the issuance date of this guidance, we are eligible for the delay in effective date and plan to adopt
this standard for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2022. We expect to recognize a one-time cumulative effect adjustment to
the ALL as of January 1, 2023, but cannot yet determine the magnitude of any such one-time adjustment or the overall impact of
the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. In that regard, we have formed a cross-functional implementation
team. The team is working to develop an implementation plan which will include assessment and documentation of processes,
internal controls and data sources; model development and documentation; and system configuration, among other things. We are
also in the process of implementing a third-party vendor solution to assist us in the application of this standard. The adoption of
this standard could result in an increase in the ALL as a result of changing from an “incurred loss” model, which encompasses
allowances for current known and inherent losses within the portfolio, to an “expected loss” model, which encompasses
allowances for losses expected to be incurred over the life of the portfolio. While we are currently unable to reasonably estimate
the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13, we expect that the impact of adoption will be significantly influenced by the composition,
77
characteristics and quality of our loan portfolio, as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts as of the adoption
date.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate
Reform on Financial Reporting. The amendments provide optional expedients and exceptions for certain contracts, hedging
relationships and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of rate
reform. The guidance is effective from the date of issuance until December 31, 2022. The guidance permits entities to not apply
modification accounting or remeasure lease payments in lease contracts if the changes to the contract are related to the
discontinuation of the reference rate. If certain criteria are met, the amendments also allow exceptions to the de-designation
criteria of the hedging relationship and the assessment of hedge effectiveness during the transition period. In January 2021, ASU
2021-01 was issued by the FASB and clarifies that certain exceptions in reference rate reform apply to derivatives that are
affected by the discounting transition. We will continue to assess the impact as the reference rate transition occurs over the next
year.
Note 2 – Investment Securities
Amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2021 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
United States government agency securities
United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities
United States treasury securities
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Other debt securities
Total debt securities
Other securities
Total investment securities available-for-sale
Amortized
Cost
Unrealized
Gain
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
$
$
41,105 $
77,519
112,133
171,044
11,093
7,500
420,394
878
421,272 $
228 $
222
—
4,334
49
—
4,833
—
4,833 $
(896) $
(1,633)
(1,744)
(366)
—
—
(4,639)
—
(4,639) $
40,437
76,108
110,389
175,012
11,142
7,500
420,588
878
421,466
Amortized cost and fair values of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
United States government agency securities
United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities
United States treasury securities
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Other debt securities
Total debt securities
Other securities
Total investment securities available-for-sale
Amortized
Cost
Unrealized
Gain
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
$
$
53,207 $
94,968
3,000
223,642
17,473
7,500
399,790
928
400,718 $
872 $
972
123
8,327
146
—
10,440
—
10,440 $
(210) $
(171)
—
(82)
(71)
—
(534)
—
(534) $
53,869
95,769
3,123
231,887
17,548
7,500
409,696
928
410,624
The following table summarizes amortized cost and fair values of debt securities by maturity:
(Dollars in thousands)
Within one year
After one year, but within five years
After five years, but within ten years
After ten years
Total
December 31, 2021
Available for sale
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
$
$
994 $
120,932
33,898
264,570
420,394 $
1,006
119,219
34,495
265,868
420,588
The table above reflects contractual maturities. Actual results will differ as the loans underlying the mortgage-backed securities
may repay sooner than scheduled.
78
Investment securities with a carrying value of $244.6 million and $229.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively,
were pledged to secure public funds, repurchase agreements and potential borrowings at the Federal Reserve discount window.
Our investment portfolio includes securities that are in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2021, the details of which
are included in the following table. Although these securities, if sold at December 31, 2021 would result in a pretax loss of
$4.6 million, we have no intent to sell the applicable securities at such fair values, and maintain that we have the ability to hold
these securities until all principal has been recovered. It is more likely than not that we will not, for liquidity purposes, sell any
securities at a loss. Declines in the fair values of these securities can be traced to general market conditions, which reflect the
prospect for the economy as a whole. When determining other-than-temporary impairment on securities, we consider such factors
as adverse conditions specifically related to a certain security or to specific conditions in an industry or geographic area, the time
frame securities have been in an unrealized loss position, our ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for
anticipated recovery in value, whether or not the security has been downgraded by a rating agency and whether or not the
financial condition of the security issuer has severely deteriorated. As of December 31, 2021, we consider all securities with
unrealized loss positions to be temporarily impaired, and consequently, does not believe we will sustain material realized losses as
a result of the current temporary decline in fair value.
The following table discloses the length of time that investments have remained in an unrealized loss position at December 31,
2021:
(Dollars in thousands)
Description and number of positions
United States government agency securities (21)
United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities (30)
United States treasury securities (24)
Municipal securities (53)
Less than 12 months
12 months or more
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
$
5,101 $
55,354
110,389
32,221
203,065 $
$
(77) $
(1,346)
(1,744)
(270)
(3,437) $
21,770 $
7,845
—
7,001
36,616 $
(819)
(287)
—
(96)
(1,202)
The following table discloses the length of time that investments have remained in an unrealized loss position at December 31,
2020:
(Dollars in thousands)
Description and number of positions
United States government agency securities (27)
United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities (9)
Municipal securities (14)
Corporate debt securities (5)
Less than 12 months
12 months or more
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
$
$
19,021 $
15,331
11,856
3,947
50,155 $
(68) $
(155)
(82)
(71)
(376) $
12,574 $
3,349
—
—
15,923 $
(142)
(16)
—
—
(158)
The following table summarizes the investment sales and related gains and losses in 2021, 2020 and 2019:
(Dollars in thousands)
Sales of available-for-sale investments
Gross gains
Gross losses
Sales of equity investments
Gross gains
Gross losses
2021
2020
2019
$
$
146,011 $
3,944
69
543 $
5
—
54,023 $
948
34
4,622 $
3,501
—
31,220
105
271
5,968
—
7
We recognized unrealized holding gains on equity securities of $3.8 million, $0.4 million and $13.8 million in 2021, 2020 and
2019, respectively, and these were recorded in noninterest income.
There were no held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020 and we sold no held-to-maturity
investments during the years of 2021, 2020 or 2019.
79
Qualified Affordable Housing Projects
We have invested in limited partnerships that sponsor affordable housing projects utilizing low income house tax credits pursuant
to Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code. In exchange for these investments, we receive our pro-rata share of income, expense,
gains and losses, including tax credits, that are received by the projects using the proportional amortization method. As of
December 31, 2021 we have recognized investments totaling $3.2 million between the four affordable housing investment limited
partnerships and have recognized cumulative amortization of $2.3 million and $1.2 million from these funds as of December 31,
2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
Prior to the ICM transaction, we routinely generated one to four family mortgages for sale into the secondary market. During
2020 and 2019, we recognized residential loan sales proceeds of $1.48 billion and $1.61 billion, resulting in mortgage fee income
of $33.4 million and $41.0 million, respectively. Subsequent to the ICM transaction in 2020 and during 2021, we did not receive
any sales proceeds or recognize any mortgage fee income related to the sale of one-to-four family mortgages.
The components of loans in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and non-residential real estate
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
PCI loans:
Commercial and non-residential real estate
Residential
Consumer
Total loans
Deferred loan origination costs and (fees), net
Loans receivable
2021
1,480,527 $
306,140
22,186
43,919
2020
1,141,114
240,264
30,828
3,156
13,904
4,358
413
1,871,447
(1,609)
1,869,838 $
21,008
16,943
1,488
1,454,801
(1,057)
1,453,744
$
$
Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The unpaid principal balances of
loans serviced for others requiring recognition of a servicing asset were $347.5 million and $422.0 million at December 31, 2021
and 2020, respectively.
The following table summarizes the primary segments of the loan portfolio, excluding PCI loans, as of December 31, 2021 and
2020:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2021
Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment
Total loans
December 31, 2020
Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment
Total loans
Commercial
Residential
Home
Equity
Consumer
Total
13,800 $
$
1,466,727
$ 1,480,527 $ 306,140 $
8,179 $
297,961
13,334 $
$
1,127,780
$ 1,141,114 $ 240,264 $
1,960 $
238,304
217 $
259 $
21,969
22,186 $
43,660
43,919 $
22,455
1,830,317
1,852,772
95 $
30,733
30,828 $
5 $
3,151
3,156 $
15,394
1,399,968
1,415,362
We currently manage our loan portfolios and the respective exposure to credit losses (credit risk) by the following specific
portfolio segments which are levels at which we develop and document our systematic methodology to determine the allowance
for credit losses attributable to each respective portfolio segment. These segments are as follows:
Commercial business loans – Commercial loans are made to provide funds for equipment and general corporate needs, as well as
to finance owner occupied real estate, and to finance future cash flows of Federal Government lease contracts. Repayment of
these loans primarily uses the funds obtained from the operation of the borrower’s business. Commercial loans also include lines
of credit that are utilized to finance a borrower’s short-term credit needs and/or to finance a percentage of eligible receivables and
80
inventory. This segment includes both company originated and purchased participation loans. Credit risk arises from the
successful operation of the business which may be affected by competition, rising interest rates, regulatory changes and adverse
conditions in the local and regional economy.
Commercial real estate loans – Commercial real estate loans consist of non-owner occupied properties, such as investment
properties for retail, office and multifamily with a history of occupancy and cash flow. This segment includes both company
originated and purchased participation loans. These loans carry the risk of adverse changes in the local economy and a tenant’s
deteriorating credit strength, lease expirations in soft markets and sustained vacancies which can adversely impact cash flow.
Commercial acquisition, development and construction loans – Commercial acquisition, development and construction loans are
intended to finance the construction of commercial and residential properties, including the construction of single-family
dwellings, and also includes loans for the acquisition and development of land. Construction loans represent a higher degree of
risk than permanent real estate loans and may be affected by a variety of factors such as the borrower’s ability to control costs and
adhere to time schedules and the risk that constructed units may not be absorbed by the market within the anticipated time frame
or at the anticipated price. The loan commitment on these loans often includes an interest reserve that allows the lender to
periodically advance loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the loan.
Commercial Small Business Administration loans – Loans originated through the various SBA programs have become an area
of lending focus for the Bank. As of December 31, 2021, these loans have not yet been designated as a unique portfolio segment
due to the relative insignificance from a loan volume perspective. These loans are currently included within the loan types noted
above, based on the purpose of each loan originated. When appropriate, the portfolio segments will be adjusted to segregate the
SBA loan portfolio segment from the other commercial loan portfolio segments.
Commercial SBA Paycheck Protection Program loans –This segment includes the loan originated through the recently created
SBA PPP loans. Credit risk is heightened as this SBA program mandates that these loans require no collateral and no guarantors
of the loans. However, the loans are backed by a full guaranty of the SBA, so long as the loans were originated in accordance with
the program guidelines. Additionally, these loans are eligible for full forgiveness by the SBA so long as the borrowers comply
with the program guidelines as it pertains to their eligibility to borrow these funds, as well as their use of the funds.
Residential mortgage loans – This residential real estate subsegment contains permanent and construction mortgage loans
principally to consumers secured by residential real estate. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of
repayment sources at the time of approval, based upon measures including credit scores, debt-to-income ratios and collateral
values. Credit risk arises from the borrower’s, and where applicable the builder's, continuing financial stability, which can be
adversely impacted by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy, among other factors. Also impacting credit risk would be
a shortfall in the value of the residential real estate in relation to the outstanding loan balance in the event of a default or
subsequent liquidation of the real estate collateral.
Home equity lines of credit – This segment includes subsegment for senior lien and subordinate lien lines of credit. Credit risk is
similar to residential real estate loans described above as it is subject to the borrower’s continuing financial stability and the value
of the collateral securing the loan.
Consumer loans – This segment of loans includes primarily installment loans and personal lines of credit. Consumer loans
include installment loans used by clients to purchase automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles. Credit risk is similar to
residential real estate loans described above as it is subject to the borrower’s continuing financial stability and the value of the
collateral securing the loan. This segment also includes subprime loans purchased from a third-party originator related to
purchases of personal automotive vehicles. Credit risk is unique in comparison to the remainder of the consumer segment as these
loans are being provided to consumers that cannot typically obtain financing through traditional lenders. As such, these loans are
subject to a higher risk of default than the typical consumer loan.
81
The following table presents impaired loans by class, excluding PCI loans, segregated by those for which a specific allowance
was required and those for which a specific allowance was not necessary as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2021
Commercial:
Commercial business
Commercial real estate
Acquisition and development
Total commercial
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
Total impaired loans
December 31, 2020
Commercial:
Commercial business
Commercial real estate
Acquisition and development
Total commercial
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
Total impaired loans
Impaired Loans with
Specific Allowance
Impaired
Loans with
No Specific
Allowance
Total Impaired Loans
Recorded
Investment
Related
Allowance
Recorded
Investment
Recorded
Investment
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
$
$
$
$
2,401 $
668
—
3,069
—
—
—
3,069 $
3,431 $
772
—
4,203
—
—
—
4,203 $
232 $
243
—
475
—
—
—
475 $
8,796 $
543
1,392
10,731
8,179
217
259
19,386 $
11,197 $
1,211
1,392
13,800
8,179
217
259
22,455 $
1,032 $
264
—
1,296
—
—
—
1,296 $
5,653 $
944
2,534
9,131
1,960
95
5
11,191 $
9,084 $
1,716
2,534
13,334
1,960
95
5
15,394 $
13,010
1,329
2,807
17,146
8,219
221
259
25,845
10,440
1,864
3,939
16,243
2,232
95
5
18,575
The following table presents the average recorded investment in impaired loans, excluding PCI loans, and related interest income
recognized for the years ended:
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Average
Investment
in
Impaired
Loans
Interest
Income
Recognized
on Accrual
Basis
Interest
Income
Recognized
on Cash
Basis
Average
Investment
in
Impaired
Loans
Interest
Income
Recognized
on Accrual
Basis
Interest
Income
Recognized
on Cash
Basis
Average
Investment
in
Impaired
Loans
Interest
Income
Recognized
on Accrual
Basis
Interest
Income
Recognized
on Cash
Basis
$
7,701 $
— $
— $
6,066 $
— $
— $
3,202 $
— $
—
2,051
344
10,096
5,992
81
41
60
—
60
15
—
—
43
—
43
14
—
—
3,057
1,207
10,330
2,541
87
7
97
67
164
19
—
—
104
73
177
19
—
—
3,220
2,151
8,573
2,719
154
45
162
123
285
16
2
—
140
131
271
16
2
—
$
16,210 $
75 $
57 $
12,965 $
183 $
196 $
11,491 $
303 $
289
(Dollars in
thousands)
Commercial:
Commercial
business
Commercial real
estate
Acquisition and
development
Total commercial
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
Total
As of December 31, 2021, there are six loans collateralized by residential real estate property in the process of foreclosure. The
total recorded investment in these loans was $0.4 million as of December 31, 2021. These loans are included in the table above
and have no specific allowance allocated to them.
As of December 31, 2021, the Bank's other real estate owned balance totaled $2.4 million. The Bank held four foreclosed
residential real estate properties representing $0.2 million, or 7.3%, of the total balance of other real estate owned. The Bank held
ten commercial real estate properties representing $2.2 million or 92.7% of the total balance of other real estate owned.
82
As of December 31, 2020, there are five loans collateralized by residential real estate property in the process of foreclosure. The
total recorded investment in these loans was $0.2 million as of December 31, 2020. These loans are included in the table above
and have no specific allowance allocated to them.
As of December 31, 2020, the loans acquired through the acquisition of First State held 32 foreclosed residential real estate
properties, representing $2.6 million, or 56.6%, of the total balance of other real estate owned. These properties are held as a
result of the foreclosures of various commercial loans to different borrowers. There are 11 additional loans collateralized by
residential real estate property in the process of foreclosure. The total recorded investment in these loans was $1.1 million as of
December 31, 2020. These loans are included in the table above and have no specific allowance allocated to them.
We use a nine point internal risk rating system to monitor the credit quality of the overall loan portfolio. The first six categories
are considered not criticized and are aggregated as “Pass” rated. The criticized rating categories utilized by management generally
follow bank regulatory definitions.
Loans categorized as “Pass” rated have adequate sources of repayment, with little identifiable risk of collection and general
conformity to the Bank's policy requirements, product guidelines and underwriting standards. Any exceptions that are identified
during the underwriting and approval process have been adequately mitigated by other factors.
Loans categorized as “Special Mention” rated have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left
uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s
credit position at some future date. Special mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose the institution to
sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Loans categorized as “Substandard” rated are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the
borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize
the liquidation of the debt and are characterized by the distinct possibility that bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are
not corrected.
Loans categorized as “Doubtful” rated have all the weakness inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic
that the weakness make collections or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly
questionable and improbable. However, these loans are not yet rated as loss because certain events may occur which would
salvage the debt.
The Special Mention category includes assets that are currently protected but are potentially weak, resulting in an undue and
unwarranted credit risk, but not to the point of justifying a Substandard classification. Loans in the Substandard category have
well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt and have a distinct possibility that some loss will be sustained
if the weaknesses are not corrected. Any portion of a loan that has been or is expected to be charged off is placed in the Loss
category.
To help ensure that risk ratings are accurate and reflect the present and future capacity of borrowers to repay a loan as agreed, the
Bank has a structured loan rating process with several layers of internal and external oversight. Generally, consumer and
residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as past due status, bankruptcy,
repossession or death occurs to raise awareness of a possible credit event. The Bank’s Chief Credit Officer is responsible for the
timely and accurate risk rating of the loans in the portfolio at origination and on an ongoing basis. The Credit Department ensures
that a review of all commercial relationships of $1.0 million or greater is performed annually.
Review of the appropriate risk grade is included in both the internal and external loan review process, and on an ongoing basis.
The Bank has an experienced Credit Department that continually reviews and assesses loans within the portfolio. The Bank
engages an external consultant to conduct independent loan reviews on at least an annual basis. Generally, the external consultant
reviews larger commercial relationships or criticized relationships. The Credit Department compiles detailed reviews, including
plans for resolution, on loans classified as Substandard on a quarterly basis. Loans in the Special Mention and Substandard
categories that are collectively evaluated for impairment are given separate consideration in the determination of the allowance.
83
The following table represents the classes of the loan portfolio, excluding PCI loans, summarized by the aggregate Pass and the
criticized categories of Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful within the internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2021
and 2020:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2021
Commercial:
Commercial business
Commercial real estate
Acquisition and development
SBA PPP
Total commercial
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
Total Loans
December 31, 2020
Commercial:
Commercial business
Commercial real estate
Acquisition and development
SBA PPP
Total commercial
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
Total Loans
Pass
Special
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
$
657,733 $
520,446
89,768
131,680
1,399,627
294,933
21,582
43,645
$ 1,759,787 $
$
496,222 $
356,544
80,771
81,975
1,015,512
236,250
30,277
3,124
$ 1,285,163 $
11,964 $
12,065
4,960
—
28,989
899
387
15
30,290 $
9,529 $
32,044
25,001
—
66,574
948
381
32
67,935 $
17,581 $
29,134
4,031
—
50,746
9,815
191
259
61,011 $
17,045 $
34,001
4,184
—
55,230
2,896
144
—
58,270 $
28 $
73
1,064
—
1,165
493
26
—
687,306
561,718
99,823
131,680
1,480,527
306,140
22,186
43,919
1,684 $ 1,852,772
1,095 $
533
2,170
—
3,798
170
26
—
523,891
423,122
112,126
81,975
1,141,114
240,264
30,828
3,156
3,994 $ 1,415,362
Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the age of the portfolio as
determined by the length of time a recorded payment is past due.
A loan that has deteriorated and requires additional collection efforts by the Bank could warrant non-accrual status. A thorough
review is presented to the Chief Credit Officer and/or the SARC, as required with respect to any loan which is in a collection
process and to make a determination as to whether the loan should be placed on non-accrual status. The placement of loans on
non-accrual status is subject to applicable regulatory restrictions and guidelines. Generally, loans should be placed in non-accrual
status when the loan reaches 90 days past due, when it becomes likely the borrower cannot or will not make scheduled principal
or interest payments, when full repayment of principal and interest is not expected or when the loan displays potential loss
characteristics. Normally, all accrued interest is charged off when a loan is placed in non-accrual status, unless we believe it is
likely the accrued interest will be collected. Any payments subsequently received are applied to principal. To remove a loan from
non-accrual status, all principal and interest due must be paid up to date and the Bank is reasonably sure of future satisfactory
payment performance. Usually, this requires the receipt of six consecutive months of regular, on-time payments. Removal of a
loan from non-accrual status will require the approval of the Chief Credit Officer and/or SARC.
84
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio, excluding PCI loans, summarized by aging categories of performing
loans and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Current
30-59 Days
Past Due
60-89 Days
Past Due
90+ Days
Past Due
Total Past
Due
Total
Loans
Non-
Accrual
90+ Days
Still
Accruing
$ 684,086 $
1,718 $
11 $
1,491 $
3,220 $ 687,306 $
8,261 $
126
67
—
1,911
3,343
—
1,211
—
412
—
423
285
119
461
73
820
—
2,384
1,524
93
256
199
1,299
561,718
99,823
—
131,680
4,718
1,480,527
5,152
212
1,928
306,140
22,186
43,919
192
1,392
—
9,845
7,636
217
259
Total Loans
$ 1,840,762 $
6,465 $
1,288 $
4,257 $
12,010 $ 1,852,772 $
17,957 $
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2021
Commercial:
Commercial business
Commercial real estate
Acquisition and development
SBA PPP
561,519
98,524
131,680
422,343
109,686
81,975
Total commercial
1,475,809
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
300,988
21,974
41,991
December 31, 2020
Commercial:
Commercial business
Commercial real estate
Acquisition and development
SBA PPP
Total commercial
1,135,803
Residential
Home equity
Consumer
235,420
30,369
3,156
$ 521,799 $
1,040 $
33 $
1,019 $
2,092 $ 523,891 $
8,601 $
34
—
—
1,074
2,058
289
—
212
—
—
245
1,969
75
—
533
2,440
—
3,992
817
95
—
779
2,440
—
423,122
112,126
81,975
5,311
1,141,114
4,844
240,264
459
—
30,828
3,156
944
2,534
—
12,079
1,534
95
5
Total Loans
$ 1,404,748 $
3,421 $
2,289 $
4,904 $
10,614 $ 1,415,362 $
13,713 $
The ALL is maintained to absorb losses from the loan portfolio and is based on management’s continuing evaluation of the risk
characteristics and credit quality of the loan portfolio, assessment of current economic conditions, diversification and size of the
portfolio, adequacy of collateral, past and anticipated loss experience and the amount of non-performing loans.
Interest income on loans would have increased by approximately $0.4 million, $0.6 million and $0.6 million for 2021, 2020 and
2019, respectively, if loans had performed in accordance with their terms.
The Bank’s methodology for determining the ALL is based on the requirements of ASC Section 310 for loans individually
evaluated for impairment (discussed above) and ASC Subtopic 450-20 for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, as well as
the Interagency Policy Statements on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and other bank regulatory guidance. The total of
the two components represents the Bank’s ALL. The Bank analyzes certain impaired loans in homogeneous pools, rather than on
an individual basis, when those loans are below specific thresholds based on outstanding principal balance. More specifically,
residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and consumer loans, when considered impaired, are evaluated collectively
for impairment by applying allocation rates derived from the Bank’s historical losses specific to impaired loans and the reserve
totaled $0.1 million and $0.1 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment are analyzed with general allowances being made as appropriate. For general
allowances, historical loss trends are used in the estimation of losses in the current portfolio. These historical loss amounts are
modified by qualified factors.
The segments described above, which are based on the Federal call code assigned to each loan, provide the starting point for the
ALL analysis. Company and Bank management track the historical net charge-off activity at the call code level. A historical
charge-off factor is calculated utilizing a defined number of consecutive historical quarters. All pools currently utilize a rolling 12
quarters.
“Pass” rated credits are segregated from “Criticized” credits for the application of qualitative factors. Loans in the criticized pools,
which possess certain qualities or characteristics that may lead to collection and loss issues, are closely monitored by management
and subject to additional qualitative factors.
85
Management has identified a number of additional qualitative factors which we use to supplement the historical charge-off factor
as these factors are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with the existing loan pools to differ from historical loss
experience. The additional factors that are evaluated quarterly and updated using information obtained from internal, regulatory
and governmental sources are: lending policies and procedures, nature and volume of the portfolio, experience and ability of
lending management and staff, volume and severity of problem credits, quality of the loan review system, changes in the value of
underlying collateral, effect of concentrations of credit from a loan type, industry and/or geographic standpoint, changes in
economic and business conditions, consumer sentiment and other external factors. The combination of historical charge-off and
qualitative factors are then weighted for each risk grade. These weightings are determined internally based upon the likelihood of
loss as a loan risk grading deteriorates.
To estimate the liability for off-balance sheet credit exposures, Bank management analyzed the portfolios of letters of credit, non-
revolving lines of credit and revolving lines of credit and based its calculation on the expectation of future advances of each loan
category. Letters of credit were determined to be highly unlikely to advance since they are generally in place only to ensure
various forms of performance of the borrowers. In the Bank’s history, there have been no letters of credit drawn upon. In addition,
many of the letters of credit are cash secured and do not warrant an allocation. Non-revolving lines of credit were determined to
be highly likely to advance as these are typically construction lines. Meanwhile, the likelihood of revolving lines of credit
advancing varies with each individual borrower. Therefore, the future usage of each line was estimated based on the average line
utilization of the revolving line of credit portfolio as a whole.
Once the estimated future advances were calculated, an allocation rate, which was derived from the Bank’s historical losses and
qualitative environmental factors, was applied in the similar manner as those used for the allowance for loan loss calculation. The
resulting estimated loss allocations were totaled to determine the liability for unfunded commitments related to these loans, which
Management considers necessary to anticipate potential losses on those commitments that have a reasonable probability of
funding. The liability for unfunded commitments was $0.5 million and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively.
Bank management reviews the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis using a defined, consistently applied process in order to make
appropriate and timely adjustments to the ALL. When information confirms all or part of specific loans to be uncollectible, these
amounts are promptly charged off against the ALL.
86
The following tables summarize the activity of primary segments of the ALL, excluding the ALL related to PCI loans, segregated
into the amount required for loans individually evaluated for impairment and the amount required for loans collectively evaluated
for impairment for the years ending December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
Commercial
$
Commercial
$
(Dollars in thousands)
ALL balance at December 31, 2020
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (release)
ALL balance at December 31, 2021
Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment
(Dollars in thousands)
ALL balance at December 31, 2019
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (release)
Allowance contributed with mortgage combination transaction
ALL balance at December 31, 2020
Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment
(Dollars in thousands)
ALL balance at December 31, 2018
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision (release)
ALL balance at December 31, 2019
Individually evaluated for impairment
Collectively evaluated for impairment
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
24,033 $
(1,367)
231
(8,797)
14,100 $
475 $
13,625 $
10,098 $
(1,932)
22
15,845
—
24,033 $
1,296 $
22,737 $
8,605 $
(998)
1
2,490
10,098 $
574 $
9,524 $
Residential
Home Equity
Consumer
Total
1,378 $
(2)
—
(428)
948 $
— $
948 $
298 $
—
24
(194)
128 $
— $
128 $
51 $
(247)
61
2,562
2,427 $
— $
2,427 $
25,760
(1,616)
316
(6,857)
17,603
475
17,128
Residential
Home Equity
Consumer
Total
1,272 $
(224)
—
684
(354)
1,378 $
— $
1,378 $
327 $
(23)
9
(15)
—
298 $
— $
298 $
78 $
—
3
(30)
—
51 $
— $
51 $
11,775
(2,179)
34
16,484
(354)
25,760
1,296
24,464
Residential
Home Equity
Consumer
Total
1,405 $
—
1
(134)
1,272 $
— $
1,272 $
684 $
—
4
(361)
327 $
— $
327 $
245 $
(10)
49
(206)
78 $
— $
78 $
10,939
(1,008)
55
1,789
11,775
574
11,201
Commercial
$
The allowance for loan losses is based on estimates, and actual losses will vary from current estimates. Management believes that
the granularity of the homogeneous pools and the related historical loss ratios and other qualitative factors, as well as the
consistency in the application of assumptions, result in an ALL that is representative of the risk found in the components of the
portfolio at any given date.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank had specific reserve allocations for TDRs of $0.5 million and $0.6 million,
respectively. Loans considered to be troubled debt restructured loans totaled $12.6 million and $10.2 million as of December 31,
2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Of these totals, $4.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively, represent accruing
troubled debt restructured loans and represent 21% and 12%, respectively, of total impaired loans. Meanwhile, as of December
31, 2021, $8.1 million represents 11 loans to eight borrowers that have defaulted under the restructured terms. The largest of these
loans, at $2.3 million, is a restructured commercial loan to a government leasing agency, which is now paying under modified
terms. The next largest is a $2.0 million restructured commercial loan to a company previously dependent on the coal industry,
which is now structured as an unsecured loan. Three of these loans to an unrelated borrower, totaling $3.2 million, are
restructured equipment loans to a borrower in the coal industry, which was provided extended interest-only terms to allow time
for the collateral equipment to be sold. There are two commercial acquisition and development loans totaling $0.3 million that
were considered TDRs due to extended interest only periods and/or unsatisfactory repayment structures once transitioned to
principal and interest payments. The four remaining unrelated borrowers have a single loan each, totaling $0.3 million. These
borrowers have experienced continued financial difficulty and are considered non-performing loans as of December 31, 2021. Ten
of the 11 loans were also considered non-performing loans as of December 31, 2020.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, no restructured loans defaulted under their modified terms that were not already
classified as non-performing for having previously defaulted under their modified terms.
87
There were no commitments to advance funds to any TDRs as of December 31, 2021.
The following table presents details related to loans identified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:
New TDRs 1
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Number of
Contracts
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial:
Commercial business
Commercial real estate
Total commercial
Residential
Total
1 The pre-modification and post-modification balances represent the balances outstanding immediately before and after
modification of the loan.
2 $
—
2
—
2 $
5,200 $
—
5,200
—
5,200 $
4,836
—
4,836
—
4,836
6 $
2
8
1
9 $
6,294 $
159
6,453
87
6,540 $
5,326
150
5,476
86
5,562
Purchased Credit Impaired Loans
The carrying amount of the PCI loan portfolio is as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial
Residential
Consumer
Outstanding balance
Carrying amount, net of allowance
As of December 31, 2021
As of December 31, 2020
$
$
$
13,904 $
4,358
413
18,675 $
18,012 $
Accretable yield, or income expected to be collected, is as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
New loans purchased
Accretion of income
Reclassification from non-accretable difference
Ending balance
$
$
As of December 31, 2021
As of December 31, 2020
8,313 $
—
(3,947)
2,139
6,505 $
21,008
16,943
1,488
39,439
39,355
—
11,746
(2,945)
(488)
8,313
For the PCI loan portfolio disclosed above, we increased the allowance for loan losses by $0.6 million and $0.1 million for the
years ending December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
PCI loans purchased during 2020, for which it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be
collected are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Contractually required payments receivable of loans purchased during the period:
Commercial
Residential
Consumer
Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition
Fair value of loans acquired at acquisition
There were no PCI loans purchased during 2021.
As of December 31, 2020
$
$
$
36,046
47,787
2,990
86,823
50,235
Income is not recognized on PCI loans if we cannot reasonably estimate cash flows expected to be collected and, as of
88
December 31, 2021, we held no such loans.
The following tables summarize the primary segments of the ALL, segregated into the amount required for loans individually
evaluated for impairment and the amount required for loans collectively evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2021 and
December 31, 2020, respectively, for the PCI loan portfolio:
(Dollars in thousands)
ALL balance as of December 31, 2020
Charge-offs
Provision
ALL balance at December 31, 2021
Collectively evaluated for impairment
(Dollars in thousands)
ALL balance as of December 31, 2019
Charge-offs
Provision
ALL balance at December 31, 2020
Collectively evaluated for impairment
Residential
Consumer
Total
84 $
(3)
463
544 $
544 $
— $
—
119
119 $
119
Residential
Consumer
Total
— $
(11)
95
84 $
84 $
— $
—
—
— $
— $
$
$
$
$
$
$
84
(3)
582
663
663
—
(11)
95
84
84
As of December 31, 2021, the loans in our PCI loan portfolio are all collectively evaluated for impairment and are segmented into
three categories: commercial loans totaling $13.9 million, residential loans totaling $4.4 million and consumer loans totaling $0.4
million, for portfolio total of $18.7 million.
The following tables represent the classes of the PCI loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate Pass and the criticized categories
of Special Mention, Substandard and Doubtful within the internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2021 and December 31,
2020, respectively:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2021
Commercial:
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
Commercial Business
$
2,257 $
159 $
207 $
6 $
Commercial Real Estate
Acquisition & Development
Total Commercial
Residential
Consumer
7,499
178
9,934
3,406
36
1,571
79
1,809
—
—
1,948
—
2,155
952
377
—
—
6
—
—
Total Loans
$
13,376 $
1,809 $
3,484 $
6 $
2,629
11,018
257
13,904
4,358
413
18,675
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2020
Commercial:
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
Commercial Business
$
12,263 $
136 $
345 $
4,860 $
Commercial Real Estate
Acquisition & Development
Total Commercial
Residential
Consumer
982
1,900
15,145
15,157
1,256
3
—
139
—
—
263
—
608
1,665
—
21
235
5,116
121
232
Total Loans
$
31,558 $
139 $
2,273 $
5,469 $
17,604
1,269
2,135
21,008
16,943
1,488
39,439
The following tables present the classes of the PCI loan portfolio summarized by aging categories of performing loans and non-
89
accrual loans as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2021
Commercial:
Current
30-59 Days
Past Due
60-89 Days
Past Due
90+ Days
Past Due
Total Past
Due
Total Loans Non-Accrual
Commercial Business
$
2,416 $
— $
— $
213 $
213 $
2,629 $
Commercial Real Estate
Acquisition & Development
Total Commercial
Residential
Consumer
7,680
243
10,339
3,081
36
649
—
649
325
—
—
—
—
—
—
2689
14
2,916
952
377
3338
14
3,565
1,277
377
11,018
257
13,904
4,358
413
Total Loans
$
13,456 $
974 $
— $
4,245 $
5,219 $
18,675 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2020
Commercial:
Current
30-59 Days
Past Due
60-89 Days
Past Due
90+ Days
Past Due
Total Past
Due
Total Loans Non-Accrual
Commercial Business
$
16,264 $
71 $
65 $
1,204 $
1,340 $
17,604 $
Commercial Real Estate
Acquisition & Development
Total Commercial
Residential
Consumer
1,157
2,135
19,556
13,714
1,245
—
—
71
710
3
—
—
65
145
1
112
—
1,316
2,374
239
112
—
1,452
3,229
243
1,269
2,135
21,008
16,943
1,488
Total Loans
$
34,515 $
784 $
211 $
3,929 $
4,924 $
39,439 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
None of the PCI loans are considered non-accrual as they are all currently accreting interest income under PCI accounting.
As our PCI loan portfolio is accounted for in pools with similar risk characteristics in accordance with ASC 310-30, this portfolio
is not subject to the impaired loan and TDR guidance. Rather, the revised estimated future cash flows of the individually modified
loans are included in the estimated future cash flows of the pool.
PPP Loans and CARES Act Deferrals
We actively participated in the PPP as a lender, evaluating other programs available to assist our clients and providing deferrals
consistent with GSE guidelines. We originated a total of 4,465 and 455 PPP loans with original balances of $268.1 million and
$92.8 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively. The outstanding balance of PPP loans was $131.7 million and $82.0 million as of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
As of December 31, 2021, all commercial loans previously approved for COVID related modifications, such as interest-only
payment and payment deferrals, had returned to their previous payment structures. Meanwhile, mortgage loans totaling
$10.8 million were outstanding for COVID related modifications. These modifications were not considered to be troubled debt
restructurings in reliance on guidance issued by banking regulators titled the “Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and
Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus.”
As of December 31, 2020, commercial loans totaling $34.7 million and mortgage loans totaling $13.5 million were approved for
modifications, such as interest-only payments and payment deferrals. These modifications were not considered to be troubled debt
restructurings in reliance on guidance issued by banking regulators titled the “Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and
Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus.”
Note 4 – Premises and Equipment
The following table presents the components of premises and equipment at December 31,:
90
(Dollars in thousands)
Land
Buildings and improvements
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
Software
Construction in progress
Leasehold improvements
Accumulated depreciation
Premises and equipment, net
2021
2020
$
$
3,465 $
13,393
16,841
4,176
531
2,895
41,301
(16,249)
25,052 $
3,936
14,350
17,451
1,527
49
3,079
40,392
(14,189)
26,203
Depreciation expense totaled $3.3 million, $3.0 million and $3.0 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
We lease certain premises, for the operation of banking offices and certain equipment under operating and finance leases. At
December 31, 2021, we had lease liabilities totaling $18.6 million, of which $18.5 million was related to operating leases and $0.1
million was related to finance leases, and right-of-use assets totaling $17.5 million, all of which was related to operating leases. At
December 31, 2020, we had lease liabilities totaling $18.4 million, of which $18.3 million was related to operating leases and $0.2
million was related to finance leases, and right-of-use assets totaling $17.7 million, of which $17.5 million was related to
operating leases and $0.2 million was related to finance leases. Lease liabilities and right-of-use assets are reflected in other
liabilities and other assets, respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the weighted-average remaining lease term for finance leases
was 1.8 years and 2.3 years, respectively, and the weighted-average discount rates used in the measurement of finance lease
liabilities was 2.0% and 2.4%, respectively. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the weighted-average remaining
lease term for operating leases was 12.0 years and 12.9 years, respectively, and the weighted-average discount rate used in the
measurement of operating lease liabilities was 2.8% and 2.9%, respectively.
Lease costs were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Amortization of right-of-use assets, finance leases
Interest on lease liabilities, finance leases
Operating lease cost
Short-term lease cost
Variable lease cost
Total lease cost
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
$
$
59 $
2
1,966
5
38
2,070 $
65
4
2,072
27
38
2,206
There were no sale and leaseback transactions, leveraged leases or lease transactions with related parties during the year ended
December 31, 2021.
Future minimum payments for finance leases and operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more are as
follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 and thereafter
Total future minimum lease payments
Less: Amounts representing interest
Present value of net future minimum lease payments
Note 5 – Equity Method Investment
91
December 31, 2021
Finance Leases
Operating Leases
42 $
5
5
4
—
—
57 $
(1)
56 $
1,946
1,897
1,827
1,826
1,840
12,961
22,296
(3,752)
18,544
$
$
$
Any investments where we have the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control over the operating and financial
policies of the investee, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. For investments accounted for under the equity
method, we increase or decrease our investment by our proportionate share of the investee’s net income or loss.
ICM
In the third quarter of 2020, we acquired a portion of ICM and recognized our ownership as an equity method investment initially
recorded at fair value. In accordance with Rule 8-03(b)(3) of Regulation S-X, we must assess whether our equity method
investments are significant equity method investments. In evaluating the significance of the ICM investment, we performed the
income, asset and investment tests described in S-X 3-05 and S-X 1-02(w). Rule 8-03(b)(3) of Regulation S-X requires
summarized financial information in a quarterly report if any of the three tests exceeds 20%. Under the income test, our
proportionate share of ICM's aggregated net income exceeded the applicable threshold of 20%, and accordingly we are required to
provide summarized income statement information for this investee for all periods presented.
Our share of net income from our ICM totaled $16.4 million and $24.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively.
The following table provides summarized income statement information for ICM for the years ended December 31, 2021 and
2020:
(Dollars in thousands)
Total revenues
Net income
Gain on sale of loans
Volume of loans sold
$
December 31,
2021
2020
153,549 $
41,381
150,896
5,326,757
120,323
59,761
100,402
2,948,724
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the locked mortgage pipeline was $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively.
Interchecks
In September 2021, we increased our equity investment in Interchecks by $4.5 million, for a total investment to $7.7 million. The
additional investment increased our ownership percentage to 16.9% and allows us to have significant influence over the
operations and decision making at Interchecks; therefore, the investment has now been accounted for as an equity method
investment as of December 31, 2021. Interchecks did not have income in 2021. The equity method investment in Interchecks is
not considered a significant investment based on the criteria of Rule 8-03(b)(3) of Regulation S-X.
We have multiple business relationships with Interchecks beyond our investment. Interchecks is a banking client of ours and
utilizes the Victor platform, which provides revenue to us. Additionally, Interchecks provides management services to MVB
Technology, which provides revenue to Interchecks. Such revenues have not been material.
Ayers Socure II
In April 2021, we invested $0.5 million in Ayers Socure II. Ayers Socure II is a limited liability company and our ownership
percentage of 10.0% resulted in us having significant influence over the company; therefore, the investment has now been
accounted for as an equity method investment as of December 31, 2021.Our share of net income from Ayers Socure II totaled
$1.0 million and is primarily related to holding gains on equity securities. The equity method investment in Ayers Socure II is not
considered a significant investment based on the criteria of Rule 8-03(b)(3) of Regulation S-X.
Ayers Socure II's sole business is ownership of equity securities in Socure Inc. ("Socure"). In addition to our equity method
investment in Ayers Socure II, we also have direct equity security ownership interest in Socure. With the combination of our
investments in both Ayers Socure II and Socure directly, we own less than 1% of Socure in total.
92
Note 6 – Deposits
Deposits at December 31, were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Demand deposits of individuals, partnerships and corporations
Noninterest-bearing demand
Interest-bearing demand
Savings and money markets
Time deposits, including CDs and IRAs
Total deposits
Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit
Maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2021 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Total
2021
2020
1,120,433 $
651,016
510,068
96,088
2,377,605 $
715,791
496,502
545,501
224,595
1,982,389
9,573 $
16,955
64,352
17,947
10,131
2,587
1,071
96,088
$
$
$
$
$
As of December 31, 2021, overdrawn deposit accounts totaling $0.2 million were reclassified as loan balances.
Note 7 – Borrowed Funds
The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The Bank had no borrowed amounts outstanding as of
December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank's maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB
was $447.1 million and the remaining borrowing capacity was $432.9 million, with the difference being deposit letters of credit.
Short-term borrowings
Along with traditional deposits, the Bank has access to short-term borrowings from FHLB to fund its operations and investments.
Information related to short-term borrowings is summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at end of year
Average balance during the year
Maximum month-end balance
Weighted-average rate during the year
Weighted-average rate at December 31
Long-term borrowings
$
2021
2020
$
—
25,275
130,047
0.05 %
— %
—
68,407
154,248
0.58 %
— %
As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Bank had no long-term borrowings with the FHLB.
Repurchase agreements
Along with traditional deposits, the Bank has access to securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Repurchase agreements
with customers represent funds deposited by customers, on an overnight basis, that are collateralized by investment securities
owned by us. Repurchase agreements with customers are presented as an individual line item on the consolidated balance sheets.
All repurchase agreements are subject to terms and conditions of repurchase/security agreements between us and the client and
are accounted for as secured borrowings. Our repurchase agreements reflected in liabilities consist of customer accounts and
securities which are pledged on an individual security basis.
We monitor the fair value of the underlying securities on a monthly basis. Repurchase agreements are reflected at the amount of
93
cash received in connection with the transaction and included in securities sold under agreements to repurchase on the
consolidated balance sheets. The primary risk with our repurchase agreements is market risk associated with the investments
securing the transactions, as we may be required to provide additional collateral based on fair value changes of the underlying
investments. Securities pledged as collateral under repurchase agreements are maintained with safekeeping agents.
All of our repurchase agreements were overnight agreements at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. These borrowings
were collateralized with investment securities with a carrying value of $15.8 million and $10.7 million at December 31, 2021 and
December 31, 2020, respectively, and were comprised of United States Government Agencies and Mortgage backed securities.
Declines in the value of the collateral would require us to increase the amounts of securities pledged.
Information related to repurchase agreements is summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at end of year
Average balance during the year
Maximum month-end balance
Weighted-average rate during the year
Weighted-average rate at December 31
Subordinated Debt
Information related to subordinated debt is summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at end of year
Average balance during the year
Maximum month-end balance
Weighted-average rate during the year
Weighted-average rate at December 31
$
$
2021
2020
$
11,385
10,821
11,398
0.12 %
0.05 %
2021
2020
$
73,030
51,149
73,030
4.28 %
3.71 %
10,266
9,856
10,505
0.23 %
0.14 %
43,407
7,568
43,524
3.45 %
4.02 %
In September 2021, we completed the private placement of $30 million fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes to certain
qualified institutional investors. These notes are unsecured and have a ten-year term, maturing October 1, 2031, and will bear
interest at a fixed rate of 3.25%, payable semi-annually in arrears, for the first five years of the term. Thereafter, the interest rate
will reset quarterly to an interest rate per annum equal to a benchmark rate, which is expected to be Three-Month Term SOFR,
plus 254 basis points, payable quarterly in arrears. These notes have been structured to qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory
capital purposes.
In November 2020, we completed the private placement of $40 million fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes to certain
qualified institutional investors. These notes are unsecured and have a ten-year term, maturing December 1, 2030, and will bear
interest at a fixed rate of 4.25%, payable semi-annually in arrears, for the first five years of the term. Thereafter, the interest rate
will reset quarterly to an interest rate per annum equal to a benchmark rate, which is expected to be Three-Month Term SOFR,
plus 401 basis points, payable quarterly in arrears. These notes have been structured to qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory
capital purposes.
In March 2007, we completed the private placement of $4.0 million Floating Rate, Trust Preferred Securities through our MVB
Financial Statutory Trust I subsidiary (the “Trust”). We established the Trust for the sole purpose of issuing the Trust Preferred
Securities pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust. The Trust Preferred Securities and the Debentures mature
in 2037 and have been redeemable by us since 2012. Interest payments are due in March, June, September and December and are
adjusted at the interest due dates at a rate of 1.62% over the three-month LIBOR Rate. The obligations we provide with respect to
the issuance of the trust preferred securities constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by us of the Trust’s obligations with
respect to the trust preferred securities to the extent set forth in the related guarantees. The securities issued by the Trust are
includable for regulatory purposes as a component of our Tier 1 capital.
In June 2014, we issued our Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes to various investors in the aggregate principal amount of
$29.4 million. The notes were issued in $0.1 million increments per note, subject to a minimum investment of $1 million. The
Notes were to expire 10 years after the initial issuance date of the Notes. In July 2019, the Federal Reserve Board provided
approval for us to redeem all of the outstanding Notes. On or about August 1, 2019, we provided notice to the holders of the
94
outstanding notes that we would redeem the outstanding notes on September 30, 2019.
In 2019, $1.0 million of subordinated debt was converted into common stock, which resulted in the issuance of 62,500 new shares
and $12.4 million of subordinated debt was redeemed. These transactions provided an annual interest expense savings of $1.0
million.
We recognized interest expense on our subordinated debt of $2.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.8 million for the years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Note 8 – Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
Commitments
We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of
our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments
involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the statements of
financial condition.
Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to
extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We use the same credit
policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in
the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.
Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not
necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The
amount and type of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by us upon extension of credit, varies and is based on management’s
credit evaluation of the customer.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party.
Standby letters of credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The
credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. Our policy
for obtaining collateral, and the nature of such collateral, is substantially the same as that involved in making commitments to
extend credit.
Specifically, the Bank has entered into agreements to extend credit or provide conditional payments pursuant to standby and
commercial letters of credit. In addition, the Bank utilizes letters of credit issued by the FHLB to collateralize certain public funds
deposits.
Total contractual amounts of the commitments as of December 31, were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Available on lines of credit
Stand-by letters of credit
Other loan commitments
Concentration of Credit Risk
2021
2020
384,923 $
23,600
15,792
424,315 $
393,814
19,806
22,418
436,038
$
$
We grant a majority of our commercial, financial, agricultural, real estate and installment loans to customers throughout the North
Central West Virginia and Northern Virginia markets. Collateral for loans is primarily residential and commercial real estate,
personal property and business equipment. We evaluate the credit worthiness of each of our customers on a case-by-case basis
and the amount of collateral we obtain is based upon management’s credit evaluation.
Regulatory
We are required to maintain certain reserve balances on hand in accordance with the Federal Reserve Board requirements. In
accordance with these requirements, we implemented a deposit reclassification program that allowed us to maintain no such
reserve balances as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
95
Contingent Liabilities
The Bank is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management and
counsel, the outcome of these matters will not have a significant adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Note 9 – Income Taxes
The provisions for income taxes for the years ended December 31, were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Current:
Federal
State
Deferred:
Federal
State
Income tax expense
2021
2020
2019
$
$
$
$
3,332 $
421
3,753 $
5,159 $
970
6,129
9,882 $
10,899 $
2,019
12,918 $
(3,183) $
(203)
(3,386)
9,532 $
10,450
2,101
12,551
(3,716)
(237)
(3,953)
8,598
Following is a reconciliation of income taxes at federal statutory rates to recorded income taxes for the year ended December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
Income tax at federal statutory rate
$
10,201
21.0 % $
9,858
21.0 % $
7,353
21.0 %
2021
2020
2019
Tax effect of:
State income taxes, net of federal income taxes
Tax exempt earnings
Other
1,099
(1,460)
42
2.2 %
1,435
(3.0) %
(1,381)
0.1 %
(380)
3.1 %
(3.0) %
(0.8) %
2,101
(856)
—
$
9,882
20.3 % $
9,532
20.3 % $
8,598
6.0 %
(2.8) %
— %
24.2 %
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities were comprised of the following at December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
Gross deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses
Minimum pension liability
Stock-based compensation
SERP
Other
Total gross deferred tax assets
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation
Pension
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale
Holding gain on equity securities
Equity method investment
Goodwill
Other
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
2021
2020
$
4,393 $
1,245
1,140
298
478
7,554
(1,556)
(1,077)
(45)
(4,358)
(4,086)
(70)
(288)
(11,480)
7,141
1,544
753
286
1,209
10,933
(1,733)
(262)
(2,320)
(3,893)
(2,463)
(35)
—
(10,706)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
$
(3,926) $
227
96
Deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities were included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively.
We have invested, as a limited partner, in four Section 42 affordable housing investment funds. In exchange for these investments,
we receive a pro rata share of income, expense, gains and losses, including tax credits, that are received by the projects. As of
December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we recognized, as an investment, $3.2 million and $2.8 million in the aggregate
between the four affordable housing investment funds. In addition, we have recognized no gains or losses from the funds.
Note 10 – Related Party Transactions
We have granted loans to our officers and directors and to their immediate family members, as well as loans to related companies.
These related party loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at
the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability. Set forth
below is a summary of the related loan activity.
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Balance at
Beginning of
Year
Borrowings,
net of
participations
Executive
Officer and
Director
Retirements
Repayments
Balance at
End of Year
$
$
27,423 $
4,373 $
(996) $
(3,194) $
27,606
12,284 $
24,453 $
(8,187) $
(1,127) $
27,423
We held related party deposits of $63.6 million and $73.8 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
On January 17, 2022, the MVB Bank Inc. Board of Directors approved a $35.0 million line of credit to BillGO, Inc. a related
party of the Bank. Revenue generated during the year ended December 31, 2021 from contracts with BillGO, Inc. totaled $0.3
million.
Note 11 – Pension Plan
We participate in a trusteed pension plan known as the Allegheny Group Retirement Plan covering virtually all full-time
employees. Benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation. Accruals under this plan were frozen as of
May 31, 2014. Freezing the plan resulted in a re-measurement of the pension obligations and plan assets as of the freeze date. The
pension obligation was re-measured using the discount rate based on the Citigroup Above Median Pension Discount Curve in
effect on May 31, 2014 of 4.46%.
On June 19, 2017, we approved a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”), pursuant to which the Chief Executive
Officer of Potomac Mortgage Group ("PMG") is entitled to receive certain supplemental nonqualified retirement benefits. The
SERP took effect on December 31, 2017. If the executive completes three years of continuous employment prior to retirement
date (which shall be no earlier than the date he attains age 55) he will, upon retirement, be entitled to receive $1.8 million payable
in 180 equal consecutive installments of $10.0 thousand. The liability is calculated by discounting the anticipated future cash
flows at 4.0%. The liability accrued for this obligation was $1.3 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively. Service cost was $48.8 thousand and $0.2 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Pension expense was $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
97
Information pertaining to the activity in our defined benefit plan, using the latest available actuarial valuations with a
measurement date of December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Interest cost
Actuarial loss
Assumption changes
Benefits paid
Benefit obligation at end of year
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contribution
Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Funded status
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
Prepaid pension cost recognized
Accumulated benefit obligation
2021
2020
12,715 $
313
143
(649)
(292)
12,230 $
7,096 $
952
3,835
(292)
11,591 $
(639) $
5,314
4,675 $
11,435
365
(54)
1,255
(286)
12,715
6,165
511
706
(286)
7,096
(5,619)
6,591
972
12,230 $
12,715
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation are as follows:
Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
The components of net periodic pension cost are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Net periodic pension cost
2021
2020
2019
2.83 %
N/A
2.50 %
N/A
3.24 %
N/A
2021
2020
2019
$
$
313 $
(689)
507
131 $
365 $
(438)
420
347 $
392
(407)
271
256
98
For the years December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost
are as follows:
Discount rate
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
Rate of compensation increase
2021
2020
2019
2.83 %
6.75 %
N/A
2.50 %
6.75 %
N/A
3.24 %
6.75 %
N/A
Our pension plan asset allocations at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:
Plan Assets
Cash
Fixed income
Alternative investments
Domestic equities
Foreign equities
Real estate investment trusts
Total
2021
2020
3 %
25 %
29 %
25 %
18 %
— %
100 %
9 %
20 %
19 %
27 %
24 %
1 %
100 %
The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy, as defined in Note 18 – Fair Value Measurements, the
Pension Plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2021:
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Cash
Fixed income
Alternative investments
Domestic equities
Foreign equities
Level I
Level II
Level III
Total
$
348 $
2,898
—
2,898
2,086
— $
—
—
—
—
— $
—
3,361
—
—
348
2,898
3,361
2,898
2,086
Total assets at fair value
$
8,230 $
— $
3,361 $
11,591
The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, as defined in Note 18 – Fair Value Measurements, the
Pension Plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2020:
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Cash
Fixed income
Alternative investments
Domestic equities
Foreign equities
Real estate investment trusts
Level I
Level II
Level III
Total
$
639 $
1,419
—
1,916
1,703
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
1,348
—
—
71
Total assets at fair value
$
5,677 $
— $
1,419 $
639
1,419
1,348
1,916
1,703
71
7,096
Investment in government securities and short-term investments are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on
which the individual securities are traded. Alternative investments and investment in debt securities are valued at quoted prices
which are available but traded less frequently, and items that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of
which can be directly observed. The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of
net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while this plan believes its valuation methods are appropriate
and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of
certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.
99
The following table includes our best estimate of the plan contribution for next fiscal year and the benefits expected to be paid in
each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter:
(Dollars in thousands)
Contributions for the period of January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2022
Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 through 2031
Cash Flow
—
343
405
426
453
523
2,718
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Note 12 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The table below summarizes the changes in carrying amounts of goodwill and other intangibles, including core deposit
intangibles, for the periods presented:
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at January 1, 2021
Goodwill and intangibles resulting from Trabian acquisition
Reduction of intangibles from sale of branches to Summit
Amortization expense
Balance at December 31, 2021
$
Balance at January 1, 2020
Reduction of goodwill and intangibles from sale of branches to Summit
Intangibles resulting from First State acquisition
Reduction of goodwill from ICM transaction
Goodwill resulting from Paladin acquisition
Amortization expense
Balance at December 31, 2020
Balance at January 1, 2019
Goodwill and intangibles resulting from Chartwell acquisition
Amortization expense
Balance at December 31, 2019
Intangibles
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
3,941 $
600
(721)
—
3,820 $
4,226 $
(845)
560
—
—
—
3,941 $
(1,541) $
—
721
(684)
(1,504) $
(753) $
441
—
—
—
(1,229)
(1,541) $
Net
2,400
600
—
(684)
2,316
3,473
(404)
560
—
—
(1,229)
2,400
Goodwill
$
2,350 $
1,638
—
—
3,988 $
$ 19,630 $
(1,598)
—
(16,882)
1,200
—
2,350 $
$
$ 18,480 $
1,150
—
$ 19,630 $
1,006 $
3,220
—
4,226 $
(456) $
—
(297)
(753) $
550
3,220
(297)
3,473
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired net assets under the acquisition method of
accounting. Intangibles represent the core deposit intangibles from the acquisition of First State in 2020 and the intangibles
resulting from the Chartwell and Trabian acquisitions. The value of the acquired core deposit relationships was determined using
the present value of the difference between a market participant’s cost of obtaining alternative funds and the cost to maintain the
acquired deposit base. The intangibles resulting from the Trabian acquisition are related to their customer relationships and trade
name. These items are amortized over four years and ten years, respectively. The core deposit intangibles were being amortized
over a ten-year period using an accelerated method. The intangibles resulting from the Chartwell acquisition are related to their
customer relationships, backlog, a trademark and a non-competition agreement. These items are amortized over five years, 5.3
years, 15 years and four years, respectively.
100
The table below presents estimated amortization expense for our other intangible assets (dollars in thousands):
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
$
$
676
597
325
100
87
531
2,316
Our assessment of qualitative factors determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less
than its carrying amount and therefore, goodwill is not impaired as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. We have not identified any
triggering events since the impairment evaluation that would indicate potential impairment.
Intangibles, including core deposit intangibles are evaluated for impairment if events and circumstances indicate a potential for
impairment. Such an evaluation of other intangible assets is based on undiscounted cash flow projections. No impairment charges
were recorded for other intangible assets in any of the periods presented.
Note 13 – Stock Offerings
In December 2020, we repurchased 536,490 shares of our common stock at a price of $20.25 per share via a modified “Dutch
auction” tender offer. Additionally, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase from time to time, on or before December
31, 2021, of up to $31.9 million of shares of our common stock as part of our stock repurchase program, which repurchases may
occur from time to time, on the open market or otherwise, at such prices and upon such terms as we may determine and otherwise
in accordance with applicable law.
In December 2020, we issued a notice of redemption to redeem all of our outstanding shares of Convertible Noncumulative
Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $1.00 per share, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series B
Preferred Stock”) and all of our outstanding shares of Convertible Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, par value
$1.00 per share, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock,” together with the Series B
Preferred Stock, referred to herein as the “Preferred Stock”), at a redemption price per share equal to $10,000, plus declared and
unpaid dividends of $46.03 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, and $49.86 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, for the period
from and including December 31, 2020, to but excluding January 28, 2021, the date of redemption (the “Preferred Stock
Redemption”). The Preferred Stock Redemption is in accordance with the terms of our Articles of Incorporation, as amended. All
outstanding shares of our preferred stock were redeemed in January 2021.
In April 2021, the Bank entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Trabian, a leading software development firm servicing
financial institutions. Pursuant to the agreement, a portion of the Bank's purchase consideration for Trabian included 17,597
unregistered shares of our common stock. For more information regarding the Trabian acquisition, see Note 15 – Acquisitions and
Divestitures.
In August 2021, the Bank entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Interchecks, a leading payment disbursement platform.
Pursuant to the agreement, a portion of the Bank's purchase consideration for Interchecks included 107,928 unregistered shares of
our common stock. For more information regarding the Interchecks investment, see Note 5 – Equity Method Investments.
In September 2021, the Bank issued 24,408 shares of unregistered common stock valued at $40.97 per share, totaling
$1.0 million, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 13, 2019 between the Bank and Chartwell.
In December 2021, the Bank issued 23,558 shares of unregistered common stock valued at $42.45 per share, totaling $1.0 million,
pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 13, 2019 between the Bank and Chartwell.
Note 14 – Stock-Based Compensation
The MVB Financial Corp. Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the issuance of stock options, restricted stock awards
and RSUs to selected employees and directors. As of December 31, 2021, the Plan had 3.2 million shares authorized and 412,853
shares remaining available for issuance. To date, we have awarded both stock options and RSUs to selected employees and
directors.
101
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense is recognized as salary and employee benefit cost based upon the fair value of the instruments
on the date of the grant. The amount that we recognized in stock-based compensation expense related to the issuance of stock
options and RSUs is presented in the following table:
(Dollars in thousands)
Stock options
RSUs
Total stock-based compensation expense
$
$
2021
2020
2019
832 $
1,802
2,634 $
950 $
1,403
2,353 $
873
886
1,759
Proceeds from stock options exercised were $4.9 million, $4.5 million and $2.2 million during 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
During 2021, 2020 and 2019, certain options were exercised in broker-assisted cashless transactions. Shares were forfeited related
to exercise price and related tax obligations and we paid tax authorities amounts due resulting in a net cash outflow.
Stock Options
Under the provisions of the Plan, the option price per share shall not be less than the fair market value of the common stock on the
grant date. Generally, options granted vest in five years and expire ten years from the grant date.
The following summarizes stock options as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021:
2021
Number of Shares
Weighted-Average Exercise
Price
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2021
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2020
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2019
1,396,794 $
43,908
(316,682)
(6,660)
(3,160)
1,114,200 $
822,063 $
$
$
$
15.36
38.82
15.59
15.47
12.82
15.86
14.52
10.61
4.48
4.22
The intrinsic value of options exercised during 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $8.0 million, $1.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
The fair value for the options was estimated at the grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following
inputs:
Average risk-free interest rates
Weighted-average life (years)
Expected volatility
Expected dividend yield
2021
2020
2019
1.27 %
7
41.2 %
1.08 %
0.66 %
7
30.9 %
2.20 %
2.02 %
7
21.8 %
0.84 %
The following summarizes information related to the total outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2021:
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Total Options
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
Weighted-
Average
Remaining Life
Total Options
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
Weighted-
Average
Remaining Life
1,114,200
$15.86
$28.6
4.98
822,063
$14.52
$22.2
4.17
102
At December 31, 2021, total unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense related to unvested stock options outstanding was $1.1
million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.1 years. For the year ended December 31,
2021, the fair value of stock options vested was $0.8 million.
Restricted Stock Units
Under the provisions of the Plan, RSUs are similar to restricted stock awards, except the recipient does not receive the stock
immediately, but instead receives the stock according to a vesting plan and distribution schedule, after achieving required
performance milestones or upon remaining with us for a particular length of time. Each RSU that vests entitles the recipient to
receive one share of our common stock on a specified issuance date. The recipient does not have any stockholder rights, including
voting, dividend or liquidation rights, with respect to the shares underlying awarded RSUs until the recipient becomes the record
holder of those shares.
We granted 66,872 RSUs in 2021, 41,348 of which were time-based awards and 25,524 of which were performance-based
awards. Time-based RSUs granted in 2021 generally vest in five equal installments over a five-year period, with the exception of
time-based grants to members of the Board of Directors, which vest over a one-year period. Performance-based RSUs vest in one
installment at the end of three years, based on set criteria.
A summary of the activity for our RSUs for the period indicated is presented in the following table:
Balance at beginning of year
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Balance at end of year
Weighted-average fair value of RSUs granted during 2021
Weighted-average fair value of RSUs granted during 2020
Weighted-average fair value of RSUs granted during 2019
2021
Shares
Weighted-Average Grant
Date Fair Value
253,036 $
66,872
(77,050)
(952)
241,906 $
$
$
$
14.70
40.95
14.79
32.38
21.46
40.95
13.08
15.50
At December 31, 2021, based on RSU awards outstanding at that time, the total unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense
related to unvested RSU awards was $3.2 million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6
years. At December 31, 2021, the fair value of RSU awards vested during the year was $3.1 million.
Note 15 – Regulatory Capital Requirements
We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum
capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken,
could have a direct material effect on our consolidated financial statements. The Bank is required to comply with applicable
capital adequacy standards established by the FDIC. We are exempt from the Federal Reserve Board’s capital adequacy standards
as we believe we meet the requirements of the Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement. West Virginia state chartered
banks, such as the Bank, are subject to similar capital requirements adopted by the West Virginia Division of Financial
Institutions.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and
ratios of Total capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets, as
defined. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
The most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, Tier
1 common equity risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. Our actual capital amounts and ratios are
presented in the table below.
103
(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Actual
Minimum Capital
Requirement
Minimum to be Well
Capitalized
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Subsidiary bank
$
339,998
16.7%
$
162,426
8.0%
$
203,032
10.0%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Subsidiary bank
$
321,282
15.8%
$
121,819
6.0%
$
162,426
8.0%
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Subsidiary bank
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Subsidiary bank
As of December 31, 2020
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$
321,282
15.8%
$
91,365
4.5%
$
131,971
6.5%
$
321,282
11.6%
$
111,117
4.0%
$
138,896
5.0%
Subsidiary bank
$
273,318
15.8%
$
138,277
8.0%
$
172,846
10.0%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Subsidiary bank
$
251,565
14.6%
$
103,708
6.0%
$
138,277
8.0%
Common equity tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Subsidiary bank
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Subsidiary bank
$
251,565
14.6%
$
251,565
11.0%
$
$
77,781
4.5%
$
112,350
6.5%
91,269
4.0%
$
114,086
5.0%
Note 16 – Regulatory Restriction on Dividends
The approval of the regulatory agencies is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds
the Bank’s net profits, as defined, for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years.
104
Note 17 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying values and estimated fair values of financial instruments are summarized as follows:
Fair Value Measurements at:
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2021
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Certificates of deposit with banks
Securities available-for-sale
Equity securities
Loans
Servicing rights
Interest rate swap
Accrued interest receivable
Fair value hedge
Bank-owned life insurance
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
Repurchase agreements
Fair value hedge
Interest rate swap
Accrued interest payable
Subordinated debt
December 31, 2020
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Certificates of deposits with banks
Securities available-for-sale
Equity securities
Loans held-for-sale
Loans
Mortgage servicing rights
Interest rate swap
Fair value hedge
Accrued interest receivable
Bank-owned life insurance
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
Repurchase agreements
Fair value hedge
Interest rate swap
Accrued interest payable
Subordinated debt
Carrying Value
Estimated Fair
Value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level I)
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level II)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level III)
$
$
307,437 $
2,719
421,466
32,402
1,851,572
2,812
6,702
7,860
1,552
42,257
307,437 $
2,738
421,466
32,402
1,865,013
2,831
6,702
7,860
1,552
42,257
2,377,605 $
11,385
807
6,702
690
73,030
2,338,868 $
11,385
807
6,702
690
74,774
$
263,893 $
263,893 $
11,803
410,624
27,585
1,062
1,427,900
2,942
13,822
2,215
7,793
41,262
11,986
410,624
27,585
1,062
1,434,275
2,942
13,822
2,215
7,793
41,262
307,437 $
—
—
247
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
2,738
379,703
—
—
—
6,702
2,402
1,552
42,257
—
—
41,763
32,155
1,865,013
2,831
—
5,458
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
2,338,868 $
11,385
807
6,702
690
74,774
—
—
—
—
—
—
263,893 $
—
—
472
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
11,986
366,945
—
1,062
—
—
13,822
2,215
2,770
41,262
—
—
43,679
27,113
—
1,434,275
2,942
—
—
5,023
—
$
1,982,389 $
10,266
2,141
13,822
572
43,407
1,964,860 $
10,266
2,141
13,822
572
45,536
— $
—
—
—
—
—
1,964,860 $
10,266
2,141
13,822
572
45,536
—
—
—
—
—
Note 18 – Fair Value Measurements
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information about the financial instrument.
These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time our entire holdings of a
105
particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of our financial instruments, fair value estimates
are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various
financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of
significant judgment and therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the
estimates. Fair value estimates are based on existing on-and-off balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate
the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments.
Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis
As required by accounting standards, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of
input that is significant to the fair value measurement. We classified investments in government securities as Level II instruments
and valued them using the market approach. The following measurements are made on a recurring basis.
Available-for-sale investment securities — Available-for-sale investment securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring
basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are
measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash
flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level I
securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange and money market funds. Level II
securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities and private label entities, municipal bonds,
United States Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in inactive over-the-counter markets and corporate debt
securities. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the year ended December 31, 2021. Valuation techniques are
consistent with techniques used in prior periods. Certain local municipal securities related to tax increment financing (“TIF”) are
independently valued and classified as Level III instruments. We classified investments in government securities as Level II
instruments and valued them using the market approach.
Equity securities — Certain equity securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon
quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other
model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating,
prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. The valuation methodologies utilized may include
significant unobservable inputs. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Valuation techniques are consistent with techniques used in prior periods.
Loans held-for-sale — The fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale is determined, when possible, using quoted secondary-
market prices or investor commitments. If no such quoted price exists, the fair value of a loan is determined using quoted prices
for a similar asset or assets, adjusted for the specific attributes of that loan, which would be used by other market participants.
Interest rate swap — Interest rate swaps are recorded at fair value based on third-party vendors who compile prices from various
sources and may determine fair value of identical or similar instruments by using pricing models that consider observable market
data.
Fair value hedge — Treated like an interest rate swap, fair value hedges are recorded at fair value based on third-party vendors
who compile prices from various sources and may determine fair value of identical or similar instruments by using pricing models
that consider observable market data.
106
The following tables present the assets reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition at their fair value on a
recurring basis as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 by level within the fair value hierarchy:
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
United States government agency securities
United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities
United States treasury securities
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Other debt securities
Other securities
Equity securities
Interest rate swap
Fair value hedge
Bank-owned life insurance
Liabilities:
Interest rate swap
Fair value hedge
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets:
United States government agency securities
United States sponsored mortgage-backed securities
United States treasury securities
Municipal securities
Corporate debt securities
Other securities
Equity securities
Loans held-for-sale
Interest rate swap
Fair value hedge
Liabilities:
Interest rate swap
Fair value hedge
$
$
December 31, 2021
Level I
Level II
Level III
Total
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
247
—
—
—
40,437 $
76,108
110,389
133,249
11,142
7,500
878
—
6,702
1,552
42,257
— $
—
—
41,763
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6,702
807
—
—
December 31, 2020
40,437
76,108
110,389
175,012
11,142
7,500
878
247
6,702
1,552
42,257
6,702
807
Level I
Level II
Level III
Total
— $
—
—
—
—
—
472
—
—
—
56,992 $
95,769
3,123
188,208
17,548
18,476
—
1,062
13,822
2,215
— $
—
—
43,679
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
13,822
2,141
—
—
56,992
95,769
3,123
231,887
17,548
18,476
472
1,062
13,822
2,215
13,822
2,141
107
The following table represents recurring Level III assets:
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2020
Purchase of securities
Maturities/calls
Unrealized gain (loss) included in other comprehensive
income
Balance at December 31, 2021
Balance at December 31, 2019
Realized and unrealized income (loss) included in earnings
Purchase of securities
Maturities/calls
Unrealized gain (loss) included in other comprehensive
income
Balance at December 31, 2020
Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis
$
$
$
$
Interest Rate Lock
Commitments
Municipal Securities
Total
— $
—
—
—
— $
43,679 $
3,862
(5,214)
(564)
41,763 $
43,679
3,862
(5,214)
(564)
41,763
1,660 $
37,259 $
38,919
(1,660)
—
—
—
— $
3
22,228
(15,778)
(33)
43,679 $
(1,657)
22,228
(15,778)
(33)
43,679
We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain financial assets, financial liabilities, non-financial assets and non-
financial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These include assets that are measured at
the lower of cost or market value that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period. Certain non-financial
assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent
impairment), non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment
test, and intangible assets and other non-financial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment. Non-
financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2021 and 2020 include certain foreclosed assets which, upon
initial recognition, were remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for possible loan losses and
certain foreclosed assets which, subsequent to their initial recognition, were remeasured at fair value through a write-down
included in other noninterest expense.
Impaired loans — Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the
contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management
measures impairment using one of several methods, including collateral value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those
impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed
the recorded investments in such loans. Collateral values are estimated using Level II inputs based on observable market data or
Level III inputs based on customized discounting criteria. For a majority of impaired real estate related loans, we obtain a current
external appraisal. Other valuation techniques are used as well, including internal valuations, comparable property analysis and
contractual sales information.
Other real estate owned — Other real estate owned, which is obtained through the Bank’s foreclosure process, is valued utilizing
the appraised collateral value. Collateral values are estimated using Level II inputs based on observable market data or Level III
inputs based on customized discounting criteria. At the time the foreclosure is completed, we obtain a current external appraisal.
Other debt securities — Certain debt securities are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These other debt securities,
which include preferred member interest in an equity method investment, are securities without a readily determinable fair value
and are measured at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus any changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly
transactions, as defined, for identical or similar investments of the same issuer.
Equity securities — Certain equity securities are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Equity securities without a readily
determinable fair value are measured at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus any changes resulting from observable price
changes in orderly transactions, as defined, for identical or similar investments of the same issuer.
108
Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are included in the table below:
(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans
Other real estate owned
Other debt securities
Equity securities
(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans
Other real estate owned
Other debt securities
Equity securities
$
$
December 31, 2021
Level I
Level II
Level III
Total
— $
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
21,980 $
2,330
7,500
32,155
21,980
2,330
7,500
32,155
December 31, 2020
Level I
Level II
Level III
Total
— $
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
14,098 $
5,730
7,500
27,113
14,098
5,730
7,500
27,113
109
The following tables presents quantitative information about the Level III significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities
measured at fair value at December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Quantitative Information about Level III Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input
Range
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2021
Nonrecurring measurements:
Impaired loans
Other real estate owned
Other debt securities
Equity securities
Recurring measurements:
Municipal securities 5
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2020
Nonrecurring measurements:
Impaired loans
$
21,980
Appraisal of collateral 1
2,330
Appraisal of collateral 1
Appraisal adjustments 2
Liquidation expense 2
Appraisal adjustments 2
Liquidation expense 2
7,500
Net asset value
Cost minus impairment
32,155
Net asset value
Cost minus impairment
$
$
$
$
41,763
Appraisal of bond 3
Bond appraisal adjustment 4
1% - 20%
Quantitative Information about Level III Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input
Range
10% - 20%
5% - 10%
10% - 20%
5% - 10%
—%
—%
20% - 62%
5% - 10%
20% - 30%
5% - 10%
—%
—%
Other real estate owned
Other debt securities
Equity securities
$
$
$
$
14,098
Appraisal of collateral 1
5,730
Appraisal of collateral 1
Appraisal adjustments 2
Liquidation expense 2
Appraisal adjustments 2
Liquidation expense 2
7,500
Net asset value
Cost minus impairment
27,113
Net asset value
Cost minus impairment
$
43,679
Appraisal of bond 3
Recurring measurements:
Municipal securities 5
1 Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various
Level III inputs which are not identifiable.
2 Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation
expenses. The range and weighted-average of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of
the appraisal.
3 Fair value determined through independent analysis of liquidity, rating, yield and duration.
4 Appraisals may be adjusted for qualitative factors, such as local economic conditions, liquidity, marketability and legal structure.
5 Municipal securities classified as Level III instruments are comprised of TIF bonds related to certain local municipal securities.
Bond appraisal adjustment 4
5% - 15%
110
Note 19 – Comprehensive Income
The following tables present the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) for the years ended
December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
2021
2020
2019
Details about AOCI Components
Available-for-sale securities
Unrealized holding gain (loss)
$
Defined benefit pension plan items
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Investment hedge
Carrying value adjustment
Amount
Reclassified
from AOCI
Amount
Reclassified
from AOCI
Amount
Reclassified
from AOCI
Consolidated Statement of Income
Line Item
3,875 $
3,875
(908)
2,967
914 $
914
(214)
700
(507)
(507)
119
(388)
(862)
(862)
233
(629)
(420)
(420)
98
(322)
473
473
(128)
345
(166)
(166)
44
(122)
(271)
(271)
73
(198)
(44)
(44)
12
(32)
Gain (loss) on sale of available-for-sale
securities
Total before tax
Income tax expense
Net of tax
Salaries and employee benefits
Total before tax
Income tax expense
Net of tax
Interest on investment securities
Total before tax
Income tax expense
Net of tax
Total reclassifications
$
1,950 $
723 $
(352)
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at January 1, 2021
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification
Amounts reclassified from AOCI
Net current period OCI
Balance at December 31, 2021
Balance at January 1, 2020
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification
Amounts reclassified from AOCI
Net current period OCI
Balance at December 31, 2020
Unrealized gains
(losses) on
available for-sale
securities
Defined benefit
pension plan
items
Investment Hedge
Total
$
$
$
$
7,586 $
(4,472)
(2,967)
(7,439)
147 $
2,942 $
5,344
(700)
4,644
7,586 $
(5,047) $
590
388
978
(4,069) $
(4,295) $
(1,074)
322
(752)
(5,047) $
(313) $
—
629
629
316 $
32 $
—
(345)
(345)
(313) $
2,226
(3,882)
(1,950)
(5,832)
(3,606)
(1,321)
4,270
(723)
3,547
2,226
111
Note 20 – Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company
Information relative to the parent company’s condensed balance sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the related condensed
statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are presented below:
Condensed Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash
Investment in subsidiaries
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Other liabilities
Subordinated debt
Total liabilities
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Condensed Statements of Income
(Dollars in thousands)
Income, dividends from the Bank
Operating expenses
Loss from continuing operations, before income taxes
Income tax benefit - continuing operations
Net loss from continuing operations
Income from discontinued operations, before income taxes
Income tax expense - discontinued operations
Net income from discontinued operations
Equity in undistributed income earnings of subsidiaries
Net income
Preferred dividends
Net income available to common shareholders
December 31,
2021
2020
27,463 $
322,002
13,715
363,180 $
15,566
265,679
6,077
287,322
15,822 $
73,030
88,852
4,432
43,407
47,839
274,328
363,180 $
239,483
287,322
$
$
$
$
Year ended December 31,
2021
2020
2019
19,165 $
22,458
(3,293)
(2,090)
(1,203)
—
—
—
40,324
39,121 $
6,688 $
16,804
(10,116)
(2,082)
(8,034)
—
—
—
45,445
37,411 $
6,280
14,296
(8,016)
(1,880)
(6,136)
575
148
427
32,700
26,991
35 $
39,086 $
461 $
36,950 $
479
26,512
$
$
$
$
112
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Stock-based compensation
Other assets
Other liabilities
2021
2020
2019
$
39,121 $
(40,324)
3,208
(6,849)
11,390
37,411 $
(45,445)
2,278
(2,101)
1,767
26,991
(32,700)
1,759
(4,104)
344
Net cash from operating activities
6,546
(6,090)
(7,710)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investment in subsidiaries
(15,871)
(3,713)
16,791
Net cash from investing activities
(15,871)
(3,713)
16,791
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from stock issuance
Subordinated debt issuance (redemption), net of issuance costs
Common stock repurchased
Preferred stock redemption
Common stock options exercised
Withholding cash issued in lieu of restricted stock
Issuance of subsidiary membership units
Cash dividends paid on common stock
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock
—
29,448
—
(7,334)
4,930
(249)
500
(6,038)
(35)
240
40,000
(15,657)
—
4,464
—
—
(4,275)
(461)
1,033
(12,400)
—
(500)
2,164
—
—
(2,290)
(479)
Net cash from financing activities
21,222
24,311
(12,472)
Net change in cash
Cash at beginning of period
Cash at end of period
Noncash common stock converted from subordinated debt
Note 21 – Segment Reporting
11,897
14,508
(3,391)
15,566
1,058
4,449
27,463 $
15,566 $
1,058
— $
— $
1,000
$
$
We have identified three reportable segments: CoRe banking; mortgage banking; and financial holding company. All other
operating segments are summarized in an other category. Our Fintech division and MVB CDC are included in the CoRe banking
segment. Revenue from CoRe banking activities consists primarily of interest earned on loans and investment securities and
service charges on deposit accounts. Revenue from the mortgage banking activities is comprised of interest earned on loans and
fees received as a result of the mortgage loan origination process. Prior to July 1, 2020, the mortgage banking services were
conducted by a subsidiary of the Bank, PMG. In July 2020, we announced the completion of PMG’s combination with
Intercoastal Mortgage Company to form ICM. We have recognized our ownership of ICM as an equity method investment.
Income related to this equity method investment is included in the Mortgage Banking segment. Revenue from financial holding
company activities is mainly comprised of intercompany service income and dividends. MVB Edge Ventures, Chartwell, Trabian,
Paladin Fraud, MVB Technologies and Victor are included in the other category.
Information about the reportable segments and reconciliation to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
113
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income (loss)
Provision (release of allowance) for loan
losses
Net interest income after provision (release
of allowance) for loan losses
CoRe
Banking
Mortgage
Banking
2021
Financial
Holding
Company
Other
Intercompany
Eliminations
Consolidated
$
83,023 $
411 $
15 $
(8) $
(12) $
83,429
4,078
78,945
(6,274)
—
411
(1)
2,188
(2,173)
—
85,219
412
(2,173)
16
(24)
—
(24)
(12)
—
—
—
6,270
77,159
(6,275)
83,434
Total noninterest income
33,179
16,342
11,103
15,002
(13,030)
62,596
Noninterest Expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits
Other expenses
Total noninterest expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling
interest
Net income (loss) attributable to parent
Preferred stock dividends
Net income (loss) available to common
shareholders
Capital expenditures for the year ended
December 31, 2021
33,595
37,033
70,628
47,770
9,154
38,616
—
38,616
—
—
16
16
16,738
4,068
12,670
—
12,670
—
13,704
6,573
20,277
(11,347)
(2,091)
(9,256)
12,911
6,650
19,561
(4,583)
(1,249)
(3,334)
—
425
(9,256)
(2,909)
35
—
—
(13,030)
(13,030)
—
—
—
—
—
—
60,210
37,242
97,452
48,578
9,882
38,696
425
39,121
35
$
38,616 $
12,670 $
(9,291) $
(2,909) $
— $
39,086
$
2,590 $
— $
43 $
2,731 $
— $
5,365
Total assets as of December 31, 2021
2,804,840
50,202
363,971
Goodwill as of December 31, 2021
—
—
—
23,124
3,988
(449,688)
2,792,449
—
3,988
114
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision (release of allowance) for loan
losses
Net interest income after provision (release
of allowance) for loan losses
CoRe
Banking
Mortgage
Banking
2020
Financial
Holding
Company
Other
Intercompany
Eliminations
Consolidated
$
75,812 $
6,269 $
3 $
— $
(1,631) $
10,400
65,412
16,649
3,139
3,130
(70)
261
(258)
—
—
—
48,763
3,200
(258)
—
(2,173)
542
—
542
80,453
11,627
68,826
16,579
52,247
Total noninterest income
24,420
63,490
6,685
5,909
(8,667)
91,837
Noninterest Expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits
Other expenses
Total noninterest expenses
Net income (loss)
Preferred stock dividends
Net income (loss) available to common
shareholders
Capital expenditures for the year ended
December 31, 2020
25,808
31,389
57,197
14,507
—
21,550
5,074
26,624
30,204
—
11,278
5,265
16,543
(8,034)
461
2,993
1,909
4,902
734
—
—
(8,125)
(8,125)
—
—
61,629
35,512
97,141
37,411
461
$
14,507 $
30,204 $
(8,495) $
734 $
— $
36,950
$
6,439 $
99 $
77 $
— $
— $
6,615
Total assets as of December 31, 2020
2,335,816
58,140
284,943
Goodwill as of December 31, 2020
—
—
—
7,740
2,350
(355,163)
2,331,476
—
2,350
115
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
CoRe
Banking
Mortgage
Banking
2019
Financial
Holding
Company
Other
Intercompany
Eliminations
Consolidated
$
75,874 $
8,342 $
13 $
— $
(1,868) $
18,698
57,176
1,622
6,014
2,328
167
769
(756)
—
—
—
—
—
(2,520)
652
—
652
82,361
22,961
59,400
1,789
57,611
Net interest income after provision for loan
losses
55,554
2,161
(756)
Total noninterest income
22,718
42,329
6,268
972
(7,683)
64,604
Noninterest Expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits
Other expenses
Total noninterest expenses
Income (loss) from continuing operations,
before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit) - continuing
operations
Net income (loss) from continuing
operations
Income from discontinued operations, before
income taxes
Income tax expense - discontinued
operations
Net income from discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
Preferred stock dividends
Net income (loss) available to common
shareholders
Capital expenditures for the year ended
December 31, 2019
18,445
24,697
43,142
28,432
8,136
36,568
8,676
4,851
13,527
622
373
995
—
(7,031)
(7,031)
35,131
7,922
(8,015)
(24)
8,177
2,155
(1,880)
(2)
26,954
5,767
(6,135)
(22)
—
—
—
26,954
—
—
—
—
5,767
—
575
148
427
(5,708)
479
—
—
—
(22)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
56,175
31,026
87,201
35,014
8,450
26,564
575
148
427
26,991
479
$
26,954 $
5,767 $
(6,187) $
(22) $
— $
26,512
$
1,438 $
112 $
492 $
— $
— $
2,042
116
Note 22 – Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)
2021
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
(Dollars in thousands)
2020
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter
Interest
Income
Net Interest
Income
Income
Before Taxes
Net Income
Basic
Diluted
Earnings Per Share
$
19,063 $
17,505 $
10,227 $
8,085 $
0.70 $
20,833
20,484
23,049
19,055
19,096
21,503
10,836
14,838
12,675
9,247
11,828
9,959
0.79
1.00
0.83
0.66
0.73
0.92
0.77
Interest
Income
Net Interest
Income
Income
Before Taxes
Net Income
Basic
Diluted
Earnings Per Share
$
20,699 $
16,171 $
1,227 $
1,048 $
0.08 $
21,774
18,627
19,353
18,458
16,510
17,687
24,042
8,512
13,162
18,034
6,491
11,838
1.50
0.53
1.00
0.08
1.49
0.53
0.97
Note 24 – Acquisitions and Divestitures
Flexia Payments, LLC
In February 2021, the Bank entered into an agreement to acquire an 80.0% interest in Flexia. The Bank invested approximately
$2.5 million for the 80.0% interest. At the time of acquisition, Flexia had no assets or liabilities. Soon after the Bank's investment,
Flexia purchased a license for technology that allows users to access a reloadable account that combines a debit card account and
casino gaming accounts into one card and to utilize them for non-cash transactions at participating casinos, for approximately
$1.0 million for exclusive use in the United States and Canada. On the acquisition date, $0.5 million was recorded on the
consolidated balance sheet for the 20.0% noncontrolling interest.
Trabian Technology, Inc.
In April 2021, the Bank entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Trabian, a leading software development firm servicing
financial institutions. Pursuant to the agreement, the Bank invested approximately $1.6 million, including unregistered shares of
MVB common stock, for the 80.0% interest. At the time of acquisition, Trabian had assets totaling $0.8 million and liabilities
totaling $0.7 million. As a result of the transaction, the Bank recorded goodwill of $1.6 million and intangible assets related to
Trabian's customer relationships and trade name totaling $0.6 million. On the acquisition date, $0.4 million was recorded on the
consolidated balance sheet for the 20.0% noncontrolling interest.
Sale of Southern Market, WV Banking Centers
In July 2021, the Bank completed the sale of certain assets and liabilities of four banking centers in West Virginia. Pursuant to the
terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement between the Bank and Summit, Summit assumed approximately $163.3 million
in deposit liabilities, including accrued interest, and acquired approximately $57.8 million in loans, as well as accrued interest on
those loans, cash, real property, personal property and other fixed assets associated with the banking centers, as of the July 10,
2021 closing date. The Bank recognized a pre-tax gain of $10.8 million on the sale during the year ending December 31, 2021.
117
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of December 31, 2021, we carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of management, including
the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls
and procedures defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Based on the results of this evaluation, the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of
December 31, 2021.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
A material weakness is a significant deficiency (as defined in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard
No. 5), or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being more than a remote likelihood that a material
misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by management or
employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. Management’s
assessment did not identify any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.
In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework in 2013. Because there were no material weaknesses discovered,
management believes that, as of December 31, 2021, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements
included in this Annual Report and has issued a report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, which
report is included in Item 7 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 10, 2022
/s/ Larry F. Mazza
Larry F. Mazza
CEO and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 10, 2022
/s/ Donald T. Robinson
Donald T. Robinson
President and CFO
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
118
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K as we will file with the SEC our
definitive Proxy Statement pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the
“Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after December 31, 2021. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy
Statement is incorporated by reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K as we will file with the SEC our
definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2021. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy
Statement is incorporated by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
This information is omitted from this report (with the exception of the equity compensation plan information, which is disclosed
below) pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K as we will file with the SEC our definitive Proxy Statement not later
than 120 days after December 31, 2021. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by
reference.
Equity Compensation Plan Information as of December 31, 2021:
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Total
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options
(a)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
(b)
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column
(a)) (c)
822,063 $
N/A
822,063 $
14.52
N/A
14.52
412.853
N/A
412.853
During 2021, 316,682 stock options under our equity compensation plan were exercised.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K as we will file with the SEC our
definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2021. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy
Statement is incorporated by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
This information is omitted from this report pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K as we will file with the SEC our
119
definitive Proxy Statement not later than 120 days after December 31, 2021. The applicable information appearing in the Proxy
Statement is incorporated by reference.
The Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is Dixon Hughes Goodman LLP (PCAOB Firm ID No. 57) located in
Tampa, Florida.
120
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
PART IV
The following consolidated financial statements of the registrant and its subsidiaries are filed as part of this report under Item 8 -
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and Item 9A - Controls and Procedures.
(a)(1) Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
(b)
Exhibits
Exhibits filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K are attached hereto. For a list of such exhibits, please refer to the
“Exhibit Index” below. The Exhibit Index specifically identifies each management contract or compensatory plan
required to be filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
121
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number
2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
Description
Purchase and Assumption Agreement Whole Bank All
Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, receiver of The First State Bank,
Barboursville, West Virginia, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation and MVB Bank, Inc., dated as of
April 3, 2020
Articles of Incorporation, as amended
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended
Specimen of Stock Certificate representing MVB
Financial Corp. Common Stock
Form of Subscription Rights Certificate
Description of Securities
10.1†
MVB Financial Corp. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan
10.2†
10.3†
10.4
MVB Financial Corp. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, as
amended
MVB Financial Corp. 2018 Annual Senior Executive
Performance Incentive Plan
Lease Agreement with Essex Properties, LLC for land
occupied by Bridgeport Branch
10.5†
Employment Agreement of Larry F. Mazza
10.6†
Employment Agreement of Donald T. Robinson
10.7†
Offer Letter for Donald T. Robinson
10.8†
10.9†
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
21
23.1
24
Investment Agreement between MVB Financial Corp.
and Larry F. Mazza
MVB Financial Corp. Form of Restricted Stock Unit
Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated April 22,
2021, by and between MVB Bank, Inc. and Summit
Community Bank, Inc.
Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated
November 30, 2020, by and among MVB Financial
Corp. and certain qualified institutional buyers
Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated
September 28, 2021, by and among MVB Financial
Corp. and certain qualified institutional buyers
Agreement, dated March 2, 2020, by and between the
Bank, PMG, Intercoastal, H. Edward Dean, III, Tom
Pyne and Peter Cameron
Subsidiaries of Registrant
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
Power of Attorney
122
Exhibit Location
Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed April 3, 2020, and
incorporated by reference herein
Annual Report Form 10-K, File No. 000-50567, filed
March 16, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed June 22, 2018, and
incorporated by reference herein
Form S-3 Registration Statement, File No. 001-38314,
filed December 8, 2021, and incorporated by reference
herein
Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 13, 2017,
and incorporated by reference herein
Filed herewith
Form SB-2 Registration Statement, File
No. 333-120931, filed December 2, 2004, and
incorporated by reference herein
Form 10-K, File No. 001-38314, filed March 8, 2018,
and incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed February 23, 2018,
and incorporated by reference herein
Form SB-2 Registration Statement, File
No. 333-120931, filed December 2, 2004, and
incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 5, 2021,
and incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 5, 2021,
and incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed December 3, 2015,
and incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 13, 2017,
and incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed March 27, 2018,
and incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 001-38314, filed April 23, 2021,
and incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 0000-50567, filed November 30,
2020, and incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 0000-50567, filed September 28,
2021, and incorporated by reference herein
Form 8-K, File No. 000-50567, filed March 3, 2020,
and incorporated by reference herein
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Contained in signature page to this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
31.1
31.2
32.1*
Certificate of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
Certificate of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
Certificate of Principal Executive Officer & Principal
Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes
Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
Filed herewith
(*) In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986, Final Rule:
Management’s Reports on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic
Reports, the certifications furnished in Exhibits 32.1 hereto are deemed to accompany this Form 10-K and will not be deemed
“filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference
into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by
reference.
(†) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
123
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date: March 10, 2022
MVB Financial Corp.
By:
/s/ Larry F. Mazza
Larry F. Mazza
CEO and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES
Know all persons by the presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Larry F. Mazza and/
or Donald T. Robinson, and either of them, as attorney-in-fact, with each having the power of substitution, for him or her in any
and all capacities, to sign in his or her name and on his or her behalf, any amendment to this Form 10-K and to file the same,
with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Larry F. Mazza
Larry F. Mazza, CEO and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Donald T. Robinson
Donald T. Robinson, President and CFO
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ David B. Alvarez
David B. Alvarez, Chairman
/s/ W. Marston Becker
W. Marston Becker, Director
/s/ John W. Ebert
John W. Ebert, Director
/s/ Daniel W. Holt
Daniel W. Holt, Director
/s/ Gary A. LeDonne
Gary A. LeDonne, Director
/s/ Kelly R. Nelson
Kelly R. Nelson, Director
/s/ J. Christopher Pallotta
J. Christopher Pallotta, Director
/s/ Anna J. Sainsbury
Anna J. Sainsbury, Director
/s/ Cheryl D. Spielman
Cheryl D. Spielman, Director
Date: March 10, 2022
Date: March 10, 2022
Date: March 10, 2022
Date: March 10, 2022
Date: March 10, 2022
Date: March 10, 2022
Date: March 10, 2022
Date: March 10, 2022
Date: March 10, 2022
Date: March 10, 2022
Date: March 10, 2022
124
Mvbbanking.com